]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #15171 from ssahani/tc-qfq
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 246 in spe:
4
5 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
6 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
7 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
8
9 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
10 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
11 devices, as listed in /etc/fstab.
12
13 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
14 special value "numa". If used, the NUMA mask is copied into the CPU
15 affinity mask.
16
17 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
18
19 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
20 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
21 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
22 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
23 interfaces up or down.
24
25 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
26 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
27 automatically assigned to the interface.
28
29 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
30 IPv6PDSubnetId= that allows explicit configuration of the preferred
31 subnet that networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to an
32 interfaces.
33
34 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
35 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
36 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
37 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
38 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
39 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
40 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
41 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast] and
42 "HHF" in [HeavyHitterFilter].
43
44 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
45 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
46 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
47 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
48 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
49 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
50 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
51
52 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
53 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
54 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
55 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
56 frame ring buffer sizes.
57
58 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new WithoutRA= boolean
59 setting. If enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without
60 requiring an Router Advertisement packet suggesting it
61 first. Conversely, the [IPv6AcceptRA] gained a boolean option
62 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
63 the RA packets suggest it.
64
65 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
66 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
67 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
68 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
69
70 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
71 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
72 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
73 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
74 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
75 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
76 field.
77
78 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
79 POP3Servers=, SMTPServers=, LPRServers= for including server
80 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
81 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
82 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
83 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
84
85 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts
86 DNS server addresses suffixed by "#" followed by a host name. If
87 used, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match the
88 specified hostname.
89
90 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
91 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
92 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
93 the process that faulted.
94
95 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
96 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
97 use --plain.
98
99 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
100 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
101 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
102
103 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
104 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
105 directories for various resources.
106
107 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
108 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
109 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Previously,
110 these were missing since the calls are convenience calls only and
111 could be put together from the more low-level functions they build
112 on.
113
114 * sd-bus vtable entries learnt a new flag SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
115 which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks is
116 determined. If the flag is set the offset field is converted as-is
117 into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the vtable is
118 associated with.
119
120 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
121 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
122 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
123 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
124
125 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
126 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
127 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
128
129 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
130 --property=…".
131
132 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
133 detail; documentation how classic home directories may be converted
134 into home directories managed by homed has been added; documentation
135 regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in desktops has
136 been added:
137
138 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
139 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
140 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
141
142 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
143 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
144 process itself.
145
146 * service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
147 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
148 service's processes shall include.
149
150 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
151 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
152 coredump data from.
153
154 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
155 document the methods, signals and properties.
156
157 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
158 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
159 initialization.
160
161 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
162 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
163 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
164 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
165 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
166 carefully picking an interface name to use.
167
168 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
169 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
170 target of the service during runtime.
171
172 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
173 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
174 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
175 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
176 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
177 defined by systemd-resolved).
178
179 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
180 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
181 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
182 not block clean file system unmounting.
183
184 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
185 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
186 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
187 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
188 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the kernel configured
189 hostname, truncated at the first dot.
190
191 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
192 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
193 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
194
195 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
196 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
197 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
198 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
199 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
200 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
201 case.
202
203 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
204 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
205 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
206 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
207 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
208 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
209 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
210 via the new --no-block switch.
211
212 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
213 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
214 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
215 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
216
217 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
218 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
219 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
220 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
221
222 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
223 the zstd algorithm.
224
225 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
226 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
227 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
228 without any decoration.
229
230 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
231 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
232
233 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
234 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
235 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
236 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
237 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
238
239 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
240 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
241 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
242 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
243 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
244
245 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
246 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
247 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
248
249 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
250 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
251 the VLAN protocol to use.
252
253 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
254 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
255 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
256 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
257 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
258 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
259 instead of operating on actual block devices.
260
261 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
262 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
263
264 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
265 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
266 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
267 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
268
269 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
270 of the .network files, to control the link group.
271
272 * Two new unit file settings
273 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
274 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
275 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
276 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
277
278 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
279 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
280 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
281 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
282 instance).
283
284 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
285 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
286 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
287
288 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
289 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
290 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
291 conditions.
292
293 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
294 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
295 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
296 in order to make test cases more reliable.
297
298 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
299 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
300 boot.
301
302 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
303 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
304 changed from ext2 to ext4.
305
306 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
307 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
308 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
309 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
310 before the system continues to boot.
311
312 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
313 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
314 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
315 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
316 instead of at installation time.
317
318 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
319 volumes with automatically from files in
320 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
321 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
322
323 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
324 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
325 instance.
326
327 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --root-password-hashed= parameter for
328 setting the root user's password as UNIX password hash. There's a new
329 --delete-root-password switch which instead of setting a password for
330 the root user, removes it so that log-in without a password is
331 permitted. There's now --force which if specified means any existing
332 configuration is overwritten by the specified settings. It also
333 gained a new --kernel-command-line= parameter which may be used to
334 set the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of an OS image.
335
336 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
337 automatically generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart
338 .desktop files, and is useful for allowing systemd to manage services
339 defined that way safely and automatically.
340
341 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
342 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
343 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
344
345 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
346 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
347 packets read from the socket, as ancillary message. This controls the
348 IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
349 depending on socket type.
350
351 * A new boolean option AssignAcquiredDelegatedPrefixAddress= has been
352 added to the [DHCPv6] section of .network files. If enabled (which is
353 the default) an address from any acquired delegated prefix is
354 automatically chosen and assigned to the interface.
355
356 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
357 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
358 being deprecated in favor of this option.
359
360 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
361 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
362 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
363 finally gone now.
364
365 CHANGES WITH 245:
366
367 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
368 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
369 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
370 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
371 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
372 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
373 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
374 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
375 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
376 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
377 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
378 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
379 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
380 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
381 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
382 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
383 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
384 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
385 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
386 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
387 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
388
389 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
390 "systemd-userdb.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
391 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
392 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
393 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
394 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
395 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
396 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
397 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
398 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
399 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
400 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
401 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
402 that for the first time resource management and various other
403 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
404 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
405 to apply on login. For further details see:
406
407 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
408 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
409 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
410
411 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
412 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
413 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
414 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
415 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
416 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
417 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
418 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
419 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
420
421 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
422
423 For further details about the format and expectations on home
424 directories this new daemon makes, see:
425
426 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
427
428 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
429 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
430 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
431 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
432 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
433 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
434 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
435 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
436 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
437 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
438 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
439 usage limitations and other settings.
440
441 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
442 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
443 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
444 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
445 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
446 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
447 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
448 resource usage.
449
450 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
451 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
452
453 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
454 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
455 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
456 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
457 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
458
459 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
460 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
461 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
462 itself and the default for all other processes.
463
464 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
465 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
466 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
467 database into account.
468
469 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
470 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
471 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
472 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
473
474 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
475 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
476 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
477 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
478 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
479 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
480 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
481 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
482 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
483 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
484
485 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
486 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
487 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
488 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
489 event source watching it is freed).
490
491 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
492 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
493 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
494 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
495
496 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
497 (IFB) network devices.
498
499 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
500 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
501
502 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
503 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
504 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
505 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
506 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
507 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
508
509 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
510 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
511 with its sense inverted.
512
513 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
514 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
515 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
516
517 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
518 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
519 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
520
521 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
522 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
523 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
524 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
525 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
526 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
527 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
528
529 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
530 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
531 debugging purposes.
532
533 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
534 group named differently than the user.
535
536 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
537
538 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
539 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
540 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
541
542 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
543 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
544 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
545 /etc/fstab.
546
547 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
548 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
549 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
550 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
551
552 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
553 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
554 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
555 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
556
557 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
558 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
559 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
560 Bernard.
561
562 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
563 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
564 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
565 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
566 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
567 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
568 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
569 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
570 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
571 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
572 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
573
574 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
575 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
576 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
577 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
578 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
579 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
580 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
581 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
582 command line option.
583
584 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
585 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
586
587 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
588 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
589 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
590 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
591 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
592 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
593 systemd-timedated.
594
595 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
596 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
597 GPT partition table types.
598
599 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
600 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
601 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
602
603 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
604
605 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
606 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
607 for the respective units.
608
609 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
610 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
611 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
612
613 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
614 "status" output.
615
616 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
617 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
618 disappear.
619
620 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
621 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
622 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
623 address is used.
624
625 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
626 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
627 dropped from the individual setting names.
628
629 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
630 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
631 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
632 such files in version 243.
633
634 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
635 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
636 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
637
638 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
639 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
640 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
641
642 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
643 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
644 with stopping and disablement.
645
646 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
647 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
648 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
649 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
650 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
651 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
652 some internal systemd services (most notably
653 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
654 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
655 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
656 this systemd release. See
657 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
658 additional discussion.
659
660 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
661 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
662 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
663 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
664 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
665 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
666 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
667 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
668 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
669 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
670 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
671 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
672 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
673 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
674 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
675 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
676 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
677 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
678 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
679 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
680 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
681 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
682 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
683 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
684 DONG
685
686 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
687
688 CHANGES WITH 244:
689
690 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
691 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
692 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
693 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
694
695 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
696 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
697 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
698 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
699
700 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
701 units.
702
703 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
704 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
705 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
706 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
707 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
708 set the EFI variable.
709
710 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
711 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
712 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
713 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
714 and overrides the systemd setting.
715
716 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
717 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
718 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
719 effect.)
720
721 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
722 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
723 that affects all corresponding unit files.
724
725 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
726 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
727
728 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
729 the unit being shown.
730
731 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
732 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
733 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
734 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
735 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
736
737 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
738 whitelist memory protection syscalls for containers and services
739 which need to use them.
740
741 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
742 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
743 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
744 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
745 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
746 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
747 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
748 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
749 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
750 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
751
752 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
753 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
754 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
755 This replaces the externally maintained whitelists of all known
756 security tokens that were used previously.
757
758 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for whitelisted
759 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
760 improve power saving with many more devices.
761
762 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
763 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
764 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
765
766 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
767 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
768 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
769 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
770 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
771
772 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
773 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
774 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
775 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
776 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
777
778 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
779 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
780
781 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
782 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
783
784 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
785 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
786 now supported.
787
788 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
789 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
790
791 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
792 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
793 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
794
795 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
796 received from the server.
797
798 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
799 set.
800
801 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
802 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
803
804 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
805 using a new SendOption= setting.
806
807 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
808 service type" value used by the client.
809
810 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
811 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
812
813 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
814 a new SendOption= setting.
815
816 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
817 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
818
819 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
820 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
821
822 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
823 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
824 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
825
826 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
827 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
828 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
829 BSSID for wireless links.
830
831 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
832 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
833
834 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
835 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
836
837 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
838 disciplines in the kernel using the new
839 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
840 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
841 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
842 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
843
844 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
845
846 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
847 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
848 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
849 on its own).
850
851 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
852 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
853 of the present time.
854
855 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
856 reproducible image builds easier).
857
858 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
859 Specification.
860
861 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
862 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
863 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
864 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
865
866 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
867 is being used.
868
869 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
870
871 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
872 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
873 path as the system manager.
874
875 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
876 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
877 representation").
878
879 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
880 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
881 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
882 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
883 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
884 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
885 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
886 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
887
888 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
889 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
890 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
891 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
892 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
893 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
894 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
895 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
896 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
897 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
898 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
899 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
900 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
901 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
902 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
903 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
904 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
905 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
906 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
907 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
908 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
909 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
910 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
911
912 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
913
914 CHANGES WITH 243:
915
916 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
917 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
918 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
919 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
920 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
921 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
922 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
923 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
924
925 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
926 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
927 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
928 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
929 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
930 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
931 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
932 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
933 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
934 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
935 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
936 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
937 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
938 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
939 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
940 documentation.
941
942 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
943 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
944 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
945 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
946 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
947 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
948 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
949 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
950 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
951 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
952 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
953 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
954 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
955 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
956 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
957 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
958
959 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
960 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
961 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
962 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
963
964 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
965 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
966
967 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
968 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
969 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
970 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
971 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
972 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
973 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
974 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
975 caught up with the kernel API changes.
976
977 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
978 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
979 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
980 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
981 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
982 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
983 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
984 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
985 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
986 packagers.
987
988 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
989 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
990
991 build/man/man systemctl
992 build/man/html systemd.index
993
994 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
995 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
996
997 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
998 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
999 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
1000 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
1001 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
1002 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
1003
1004 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
1005 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
1006 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
1007 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
1008 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
1009 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
1010 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
1011 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
1012 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
1013 unambiguously distinguished.
1014
1015 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
1016 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
1017 very rarely used.
1018
1019 To replace this functionality, users should:
1020 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
1021 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
1022 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
1023 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
1024 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
1025
1026 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
1027 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
1028 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
1029 interfaces should really be matched.
1030
1031 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
1032 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
1033 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
1034 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
1035 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
1036 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
1037
1038 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
1039 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
1040 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
1041 stop the whole unit.
1042
1043 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
1044 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
1045 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
1046 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
1047 generated whenever a unit stops.
1048
1049 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
1050 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
1051 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
1052 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
1053
1054 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
1055 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
1056 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
1057 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
1058 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
1059
1060 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
1061 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
1062 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
1063 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
1064 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
1065 programs set up externally.
1066
1067 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
1068 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
1069 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
1070 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
1071
1072 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
1073 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
1074 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
1075 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
1076 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
1077 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
1078 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
1079
1080 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
1081 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
1082 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
1083 as before.
1084
1085 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
1086 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
1087 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
1088 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
1089 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
1090 links on terminals that support that.
1091
1092 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
1093 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
1094 unmounted safely during shutdown.
1095
1096 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
1097
1098 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
1099 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
1100 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
1101 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
1102 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
1103 The default remains unchanged.
1104
1105 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
1106 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
1107
1108 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
1109 udev property.
1110
1111 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
1112 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
1113 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
1114
1115 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
1116 interfaces natively.
1117
1118 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
1119 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
1120 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
1121 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
1122
1123 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
1124 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
1125 also learnt a new BlackList= option for blacklisting DHCP servers (a
1126 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
1127 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
1128 RELEASE message when terminating.
1129
1130 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
1131 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
1132
1133 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
1134 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
1135 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
1136 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
1137 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
1138 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
1139 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
1140
1141 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
1142 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
1143 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
1144 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
1145 added to the GENEVE support.
1146
1147 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
1148 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
1149 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
1150 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
1151 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
1152
1153 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
1154 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
1155 onto the network device.
1156
1157 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
1158 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
1159 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
1160 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
1161 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
1162
1163 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
1164 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
1165 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
1166
1167 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
1168 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
1169
1170 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
1171 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
1172
1173 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
1174 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
1175 statistics.
1176
1177 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
1178 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
1179 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
1180
1181 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
1182 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
1183
1184 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
1185 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
1186 specific udev properties.
1187
1188 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
1189 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
1190 "lo" as underlying device.
1191
1192 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
1193 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
1194 IP addresses, too.
1195
1196 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
1197 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
1198 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
1199 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
1200
1201 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
1202 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
1203 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
1204 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
1205
1206 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
1207 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
1208 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
1209
1210 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
1211 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
1212 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
1213
1214 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
1215
1216 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
1217 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
1218 does the same for recurring calendar events.
1219
1220 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
1221 durations as opposed to points in time).
1222
1223 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
1224 expressions.
1225
1226 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
1227 codes to their names and back.
1228
1229 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
1230 file paths and unit aliases.
1231
1232 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
1233 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
1234 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
1235 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
1236
1237 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
1238 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
1239 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
1240 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
1241 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
1242 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
1243 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
1244 udev rules for that purpose.
1245
1246 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
1247 a device to be initialized.
1248
1249 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
1250 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
1251 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
1252
1253 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
1254 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
1255 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
1256 with gcc's cleanup extension.
1257
1258 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
1259 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
1260 with printf().
1261
1262 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
1263 XML introspection data unmodified.
1264
1265 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
1266 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
1267 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
1268 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
1269
1270 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
1271 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
1272 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
1273 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
1274 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
1275 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
1276 configured to handle the watchdog.
1277
1278 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
1279 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
1280 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
1281
1282 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
1283 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
1284 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
1285
1286 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
1287 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
1288 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
1289 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
1290 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
1291
1292 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
1293 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
1294 review.
1295
1296 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
1297 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
1298
1299 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
1300 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
1301
1302 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
1303 failures to apply them are now ignored.
1304
1305 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
1306 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
1307 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
1308 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
1309
1310 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
1311 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
1312 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
1313 service.
1314
1315 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
1316 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
1317 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
1318 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
1319 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
1320 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
1321 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
1322 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
1323 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
1324 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
1325 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
1326 a seed was received from the boot loader.
1327
1328 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
1329
1330 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
1331 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
1332 above.
1333
1334 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
1335 installed.
1336
1337 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
1338 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
1339 bootloader entry).
1340
1341 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
1342 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
1343
1344 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
1345
1346 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
1347 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
1348 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
1349 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
1350 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
1351
1352 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
1353 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
1354 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
1355
1356 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
1357 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
1358
1359 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
1360 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
1361 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
1362
1363 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
1364 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
1365 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
1366 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
1367 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
1368 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
1369 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
1370 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
1371 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
1372 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
1373 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
1374 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
1375 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
1376 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1377 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
1378 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
1379 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
1380 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
1381 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1382 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
1383 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
1384 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
1385 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
1386 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
1387 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
1388 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
1389 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
1390 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
1391 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
1392 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
1393
1394 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
1395
1396 CHANGES WITH 242:
1397
1398 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
1399 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
1400 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
1401 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
1402 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
1403 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
1404 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
1405
1406 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
1407 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
1408
1409 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
1410 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
1411 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
1412 may be used to view this.
1413
1414 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
1415 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
1416 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
1417 ```
1418 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
1419 [Match]
1420 Type=bridge
1421
1422 [Link]
1423 MACAddressPolicy=none
1424 ```
1425
1426 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
1427 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
1428 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
1429 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
1430 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
1431 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
1432 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
1433
1434 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
1435 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
1436
1437 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
1438 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
1439
1440 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
1441 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
1442
1443 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
1444 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
1445 is a USB peripheral).
1446
1447 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
1448 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
1449 measured.
1450
1451 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
1452 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
1453 have privileges to do so).
1454
1455 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
1456 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
1457 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
1458
1459 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
1460 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
1461 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
1462 namespace.
1463
1464 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
1465 in which case environment variable substitution is
1466 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
1467
1468 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
1469 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
1470 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
1471 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
1472 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
1473
1474 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
1475 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
1476 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
1477 installed CPU cores.
1478
1479 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
1480 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
1481 kernel 4.15.
1482
1483 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
1484 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
1485 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
1486 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
1487 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
1488
1489 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
1490 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
1491 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
1492
1493 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
1494 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
1495 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
1496 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
1497 enslaved devices is not operational.
1498
1499 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
1500 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
1501
1502 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
1503 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
1504 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
1505 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
1506 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
1507 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
1508
1509 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
1510 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
1511
1512 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
1513
1514 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
1515 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
1516 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
1517
1518 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
1519 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
1520
1521 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
1522 configure CAN triple sampling.
1523
1524 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
1525 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
1526
1527 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
1528 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
1529 details.
1530
1531 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
1532 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
1533 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
1534 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
1535 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
1536 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
1537
1538 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
1539
1540 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
1541 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
1542 controlling project quota inheritance.
1543
1544 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
1545 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
1546 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
1547 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
1548 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
1549 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
1550 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
1551 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
1552 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
1553 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
1554 partition.
1555
1556 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
1557 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
1558 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
1559 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
1560 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
1561
1562 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
1563 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
1564
1565 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
1566 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
1567 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
1568 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
1569 be used in production yet.
1570
1571 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
1572 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
1573 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
1574 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
1575 input, output, and error are set up.
1576
1577 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
1578
1579 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
1580 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
1581 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
1582
1583 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
1584 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
1585 the specified expression will elapse next.
1586
1587 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
1588 introspection data.
1589
1590 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
1591 the reboot() system call expects.
1592
1593 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
1594 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
1595 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
1596
1597 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
1598 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
1599 ConditionVirtualization=).
1600
1601 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
1602 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
1603 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
1604 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
1605 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
1606 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
1607 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
1608 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
1609 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
1610 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
1611 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
1612 during reboot with their own operations.
1613
1614 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
1615 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
1616 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
1617 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
1618
1619 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
1620 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
1621 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
1622 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
1623 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
1624
1625 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
1626 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
1627
1628 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
1629 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
1630 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
1631 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
1632 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
1633 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
1634 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
1635 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
1636 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
1637
1638 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
1639 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
1640 prohibited.
1641
1642 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
1643 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
1644 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
1645 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
1646 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
1647 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
1648 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
1649 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
1650
1651 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
1652 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
1653 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
1654 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
1655 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
1656 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
1657 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
1658 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
1659 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
1660 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
1661 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
1662 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
1663 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
1664 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
1665 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
1666 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
1667 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
1668 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1669
1670 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
1671
1672 CHANGES WITH 241:
1673
1674 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
1675 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
1676 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
1677
1678 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
1679 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
1680 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
1681 include the package release information.
1682
1683 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
1684 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
1685 option.
1686
1687 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
1688 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
1689 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
1690
1691 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
1692 again.
1693
1694 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
1695 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
1696 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
1697 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
1698 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
1699 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
1700 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
1701 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
1702 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
1703 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
1704 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
1705 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
1706 installed .link files to *not* include it.
1707
1708 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
1709 "persistent", now works again as documented.
1710
1711 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
1712 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
1713
1714 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
1715 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
1716 used for side-channel attacks.
1717
1718 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
1719 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
1720 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
1721
1722 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
1723 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
1724 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
1725 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
1726 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
1727 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
1728
1729 fs.protected_regular = 0
1730 fs.protected_fifos = 0
1731
1732 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
1733 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
1734
1735 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
1736 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
1737 POSIX shells.
1738
1739 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
1740 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
1741
1742 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
1743 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
1744 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
1745 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
1746 points but otherwise empty.
1747
1748 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
1749 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
1750 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
1751
1752 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
1753 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
1754
1755 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
1756 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
1757
1758 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
1759 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
1760 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
1761 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
1762 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
1763 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
1764 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
1765 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
1766 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
1767 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1768 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1769 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
1770 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
1771 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
1772 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
1773 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1774 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
1775
1776 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
1777
1778 CHANGES WITH 240:
1779
1780 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
1781 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
1782 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
1783 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
1784 an SELinux policy update is required.
1785 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
1786
1787 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
1788 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
1789 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
1790 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
1791 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
1792 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
1793 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
1794 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
1795 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
1796 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
1797
1798 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
1799 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
1800 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
1801 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
1802 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
1803 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
1804 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
1805 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
1806 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
1807 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
1808 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
1809 the search path.
1810
1811 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
1812 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
1813 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
1814 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
1815 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
1816 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
1817 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
1818 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
1819 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
1820 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
1821 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
1822 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
1823 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
1824 start job.
1825
1826 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
1827 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
1828 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
1829 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
1830 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
1831 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
1832 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
1833 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
1834 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
1835 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
1836
1837 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
1838 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
1839 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
1840 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
1841 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
1842 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
1843 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
1844 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
1845 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
1846 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
1847 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
1848 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
1849 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
1850 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
1851 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
1852 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
1853 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
1854 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
1855 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
1856 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
1857 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
1858 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
1859 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
1860 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
1861 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
1862 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
1863 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
1864 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
1865 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
1866 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
1867 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
1868 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
1869 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
1870 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
1871 Java.)
1872
1873 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
1874 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
1875 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
1876 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
1877 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
1878 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
1879 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
1880 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
1881 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
1882 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
1883
1884 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
1885 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
1886 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
1887 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
1888 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
1889 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
1890
1891 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
1892 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
1893 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
1894 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
1895 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
1896
1897 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
1898 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
1899
1900 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
1901 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
1902 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
1903
1904 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
1905 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
1906
1907 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
1908 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
1909 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
1910
1911 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
1912 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
1913 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
1914 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
1915 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
1916 latency.
1917
1918 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
1919 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
1920
1921 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
1922 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
1923 instance part of a unit name.
1924
1925 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
1926 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
1927 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
1928 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
1929 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
1930 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
1931 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
1932 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
1933 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
1934
1935 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
1936 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
1937 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
1938 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
1939
1940 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
1941 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
1942 to a file, and appending to it.
1943
1944 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
1945 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
1946 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
1947 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
1948 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
1949 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
1950
1951 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
1952 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
1953 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
1954 having to touch C code.
1955
1956 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
1957 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
1958
1959 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
1960 DNS-over-TLS.
1961
1962 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
1963 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
1964 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
1965
1966 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
1967 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
1968 until the system finished start-up.
1969
1970 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
1971
1972 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
1973 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
1974 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
1975 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
1976 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
1977 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
1978 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
1979
1980 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
1981 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
1982 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
1983 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
1984 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
1985 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
1986 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
1987 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
1988 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
1989 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
1990 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
1991 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
1992
1993 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
1994 instantiate services.
1995
1996 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
1997 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
1998
1999 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
2000 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
2001 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
2002
2003 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
2004 it is neither used nor maintained.
2005
2006 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2007 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
2008 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
2009 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
2010 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
2011 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
2012 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
2013 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
2014 separated by colons.
2015
2016 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
2017 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
2018
2019 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
2020 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
2021
2022 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
2023 "ethtool advertise" commands.
2024
2025 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
2026 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
2027 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
2028 directly.
2029
2030 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
2031 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
2032 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
2033 ID.
2034
2035 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
2036 and generate various 128bit IDs.
2037
2038 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
2039 and LOGO=.
2040
2041 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
2042 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
2043 from any hibernated image.
2044
2045 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
2046 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
2047 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
2048 kernel exports them.
2049
2050 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
2051 /usr/bin/.
2052
2053 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
2054 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
2055 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
2056 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
2057 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
2058 now documented here:
2059
2060 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
2061
2062 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
2063 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
2064 installs during early boot.
2065
2066 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
2067 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
2068
2069 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
2070 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
2071
2072 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
2073 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
2074 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
2075
2076 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
2077 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
2078 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
2079 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
2080 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
2081 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
2082 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
2083 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
2084 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
2085 is on AC power.
2086
2087 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
2088 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
2089 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
2090 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
2091 see:
2092
2093 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
2094
2095 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
2096 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
2097 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
2098 and container environments.
2099
2100 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
2101 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
2102 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
2103 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
2104
2105 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
2106 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
2107 journald per-service.
2108
2109 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
2110 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
2111
2112 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
2113 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
2114 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
2115 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
2116
2117 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
2118 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
2119 groups.
2120
2121 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
2122 --ephemeral command line switch.
2123
2124 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
2125 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
2126 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
2127 object itself.
2128
2129 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
2130 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
2131 not unloaded).
2132
2133 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
2134 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
2135 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
2136
2137 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
2138 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
2139 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
2140 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
2141 "dead" state on success.
2142
2143 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
2144 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
2145 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
2146 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
2147 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
2148 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
2149 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
2150 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
2151 well-defined system service context.
2152
2153 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
2154 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
2155 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
2156 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
2157
2158 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
2159 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
2160 continue to be used.
2161
2162 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
2163 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
2164 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
2165 for example:
2166
2167 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
2168
2169 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
2170 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
2171 the command line's exit code.
2172
2173 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
2174
2175 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
2176
2177 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
2178 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
2179 support to systemctl and all other commands.
2180
2181 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
2182 name as argument.
2183
2184 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
2185 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
2186 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
2187 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
2188 is improved.
2189
2190 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
2191 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
2192 initialize one to all 0xFF.
2193
2194 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
2195 all files and directories listed in
2196 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
2197 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
2198 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
2199 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
2200 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
2201 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
2202 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
2203 the transition to the host OS.
2204
2205 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
2206 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
2207 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
2208 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
2209 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
2210 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
2211 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
2212 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
2213 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
2214 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
2215 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
2216 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
2217 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
2218 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
2219 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
2220 these are opened they don't work.
2221
2222 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
2223 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
2224 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
2225 logic works again.
2226
2227 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
2228 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
2229 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
2230 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
2231 ignore it.
2232
2233 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
2234 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
2235 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
2236 commands.
2237
2238 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
2239 pam_systemd anymore.
2240
2241 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
2242 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
2243 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
2244 policy took effect.
2245
2246 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
2247 python-3.5.
2248
2249 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
2250 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
2251 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
2252 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
2253 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
2254 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
2255 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
2256 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
2257 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
2258 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
2259 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
2260 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
2261 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
2262 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
2263 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
2264 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
2265 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2266 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
2267 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
2268 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
2269 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
2270 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
2271 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
2272 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
2273 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
2274 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
2275 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2276 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
2277 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
2278 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
2279 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
2280 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
2281 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
2282 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
2283 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
2284 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
2285 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
2286 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
2287 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
2288 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
2289 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
2290 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
2291 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
2292 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
2293 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
2294
2295 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
2296
2297 CHANGES WITH 239:
2298
2299 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
2300 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
2301 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
2302 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
2303 a slot number associated.
2304
2305 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
2306 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
2307 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
2308 independent.
2309
2310 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
2311 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
2312 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2313
2314 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
2315 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
2316 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
2317 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2318
2319 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
2320 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
2321 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
2322 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
2323 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
2324 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
2325 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
2326 e.g. NIS.
2327
2328 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
2329 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
2330 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
2331 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
2332 may be necessary to update the file.
2333
2334 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
2335 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
2336 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
2337 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
2338 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
2339 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
2340 documentation.
2341
2342 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
2343 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
2344 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
2345 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
2346 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
2347 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
2348 them.
2349
2350 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
2351 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
2352 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
2353 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
2354 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
2355
2356 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
2357 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
2358 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
2359 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
2360 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
2361 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
2362 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
2363 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
2364
2365 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
2366 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
2367 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
2368 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
2369 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
2370
2371 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
2372 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
2373 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
2374 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
2375 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
2376
2377 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
2378 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
2379 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
2380
2381 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
2382 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
2383 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
2384 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
2385 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
2386 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
2387 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
2388 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
2389 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
2390 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
2391 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
2392 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
2393 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
2394 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
2395 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
2396 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
2397 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
2398 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
2399 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
2400 from.
2401
2402 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
2403 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
2404 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
2405 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
2406
2407 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
2408 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
2409 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
2410 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
2411
2412 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
2413 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
2414 hibernates again.
2415
2416 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
2417 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
2418
2419 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
2420 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
2421 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
2422
2423 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
2424 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
2425 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
2426 was not configurable and set to 512.
2427
2428 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
2429 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
2430 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
2431 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
2432 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
2433 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
2434 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
2435 in particular su and sudo.
2436
2437 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
2438 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
2439 synchronization has been received from the network. This
2440 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
2441 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
2442 services.
2443
2444 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
2445 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
2446 files should work for hibernation now.
2447
2448 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
2449 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
2450 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
2451 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
2452 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
2453 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
2454 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
2455 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
2456 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
2457 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
2458 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
2459 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
2460 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
2461 name following the last dash.
2462
2463 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
2464 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
2465 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
2466 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
2467 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
2468
2469 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
2470 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
2471 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
2472 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
2473 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
2474 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
2475
2476 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
2477 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
2478 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
2479 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
2480
2481 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
2482 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
2483 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
2484 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
2485 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
2486
2487 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
2488 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
2489 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
2490 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
2491 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
2492 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
2493 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
2494 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
2495 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
2496 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
2497 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
2498 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
2499 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
2500
2501 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
2502 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
2503 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
2504 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
2505 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
2506 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
2507 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
2508 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
2509 settings.
2510
2511 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
2512 expiration feature, if it is available.
2513
2514 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
2515 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
2516 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
2517
2518 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
2519 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
2520
2521 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
2522
2523 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
2524 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
2525
2526 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
2527 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
2528 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
2529 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
2530 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
2531 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
2532 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
2533 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
2534 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
2535 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
2536 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
2537
2538 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
2539 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
2540 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
2541 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
2542
2543 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
2544 about its state.
2545
2546 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
2547 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
2548 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
2549 "timedatectl set-ntp".
2550
2551 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
2552 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
2553 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
2554 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
2555 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
2556 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
2557 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
2558 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
2559 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
2560 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
2561 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
2562
2563 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
2564 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
2565
2566 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
2567 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
2568 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
2569 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
2570 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
2571 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
2572
2573 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
2574 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
2575 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
2576 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
2577 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
2578 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
2579 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
2580
2581 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
2582 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
2583 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
2584 shown.)
2585
2586 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
2587 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
2588 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
2589 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
2590 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
2591 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
2592 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
2593 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
2594 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
2595
2596 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
2597 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
2598 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
2599
2600 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
2601 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
2602 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
2603 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
2604 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
2605 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
2606 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
2607 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
2608
2609 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
2610
2611 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
2612 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
2613 automatically when the system clock changed.)
2614
2615 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
2616 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
2617
2618 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
2619 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
2620 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
2621
2622 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
2623
2624 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
2625
2626 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
2627 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
2628
2629 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
2630 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
2631 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
2632 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
2633 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
2634 external user databases.
2635
2636 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
2637 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
2638 refused due to the enforced limits.
2639
2640 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
2641 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
2642 manages.
2643
2644 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
2645 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
2646 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
2647 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
2648 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
2649 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
2650 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
2651 where this is now used by default.
2652
2653 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
2654 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
2655
2656 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
2657 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
2658 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
2659 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
2660 update process in a generic way.
2661
2662 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
2663
2664 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
2665 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
2666 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
2667 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
2668 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
2669 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
2670 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
2671 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
2672 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
2673 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
2674 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
2675 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
2676 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
2677 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
2678 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
2679 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
2680 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
2681 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
2682 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
2683 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
2684 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
2685 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
2686 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
2687 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
2688 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
2689 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
2690 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
2691 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
2692 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2693
2694 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
2695
2696 CHANGES WITH 238:
2697
2698 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
2699 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
2700 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
2701 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
2702 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
2703 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
2704 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
2705 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
2706 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
2707 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
2708 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
2709 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
2710 to revert this change.
2711
2712 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
2713 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
2714 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
2715 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
2716 once at the end of the transaction.
2717
2718 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
2719 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
2720 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
2721 scripts.
2722
2723 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
2724 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
2725 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
2726 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
2727 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
2728 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
2729 still allowing local admin overrides.
2730
2731 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
2732 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
2733 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
2734
2735 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
2736 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
2737 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
2738 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
2739 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
2740
2741 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
2742 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
2743 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
2744 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
2745 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
2746 from package installation scripts.
2747
2748 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
2749 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
2750 without the user number ("u username -:456").
2751
2752 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
2753 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
2754
2755 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
2756 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
2757 /sbin/nologin for other users).
2758
2759 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
2760 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
2761 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
2762 --systemd, --user, or --global).
2763
2764 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
2765 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
2766 which are triggered meanwhile).
2767
2768 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
2769 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
2770 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
2771 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
2772 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
2773
2774 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
2775 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
2776 rotated very quickly.
2777
2778 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
2779 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
2780 pending bus messages.
2781
2782 * systemd gained a new
2783 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
2784 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
2785 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
2786 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
2787 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
2788 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
2789 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
2790 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
2791 session scope.
2792
2793 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
2794 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
2795 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
2796 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
2797 the tree to be accessed.
2798
2799 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
2800 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
2801 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
2802
2803 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
2804 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
2805 to keys in the main keyring.
2806
2807 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
2808
2809 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
2810 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
2811
2812 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
2813
2814 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
2815 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
2816 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
2817 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
2818 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
2819 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
2820 explicitly.
2821
2822 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
2823 the colour of "OK" status messages.
2824
2825 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
2826 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
2827 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
2828 be restarted.
2829
2830 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
2831 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
2832
2833 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
2834 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
2835 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
2836 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
2837 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
2838 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
2839 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
2840 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2841 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
2842 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
2843 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
2844 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
2845 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
2846 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2847 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
2848 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
2849
2850 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
2851
2852 CHANGES WITH 237:
2853
2854 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
2855 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
2856 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
2857 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
2858
2859 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
2860 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
2861 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
2862 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
2863 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
2864 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
2865 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
2866 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
2867 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
2868 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
2869
2870 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
2871 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
2872 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
2873 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
2874 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
2875 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
2876 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
2877 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
2878 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
2879 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
2880
2881 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
2882 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
2883 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
2884 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
2885 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
2886 now provides explicit control.
2887
2888 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
2889 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
2890 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
2891 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
2892 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
2893 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
2894 unit types that already supported transient operation.
2895
2896 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
2897 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
2898 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
2899
2900 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
2901 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
2902
2903 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
2904 .network files all gained support for a new condition
2905 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
2906 versions.
2907
2908 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
2909 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
2910 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
2911 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
2912 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
2913 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
2914 understands RapidCommit=.
2915
2916 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
2917 Delegation.
2918
2919 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
2920 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
2921 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
2922 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
2923 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
2924 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
2925 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
2926 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
2927 --watch-bind= command line switch.
2928
2929 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
2930 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
2931 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
2932 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
2933 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
2934 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
2935 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
2936 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
2937 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
2938 "Disconnected" signals).
2939
2940 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
2941 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
2942 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
2943 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
2944 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
2945 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
2946 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
2947 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
2948 round-trips are removed.
2949
2950 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
2951 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
2952 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
2953 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
2954
2955 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
2956 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
2957 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
2958 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
2959 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
2960 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
2961
2962 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
2963 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
2964 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
2965 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
2966 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
2967 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
2968 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
2969 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
2970 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
2971 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
2972
2973 * sd-event gained a new call pair
2974 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
2975 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
2976 when the event source is destroyed.
2977
2978 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
2979 connections.
2980
2981 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
2982 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
2983 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
2984 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
2985 new transitional flag file has been added: if
2986 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
2987 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
2988
2989 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
2990 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
2991 manager.
2992
2993 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
2994 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
2995 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
2996 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
2997 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
2998
2999 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
3000 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
3001 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
3002 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
3003 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
3004 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
3005
3006 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
3007 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
3008 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
3009 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
3010 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
3011 level/target is given as an argument.
3012
3013 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
3014 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
3015 where UID and GID do not match.
3016
3017 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
3018 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
3019 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
3020 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
3021 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3022 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
3023 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
3024 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
3025 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
3026 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
3027 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
3028 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
3029 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
3030 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
3031 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
3032 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
3033 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
3034 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
3035 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
3036 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
3037 Палаузов
3038
3039 — Brno, 2018-01-28
3040
3041 CHANGES WITH 236:
3042
3043 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
3044 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
3045 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
3046 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
3047
3048 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
3049 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
3050 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
3051 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
3052 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
3053 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
3054 valid specifiers today.)
3055
3056 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
3057 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
3058 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
3059 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
3060 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
3061 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
3062
3063 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
3064 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
3065 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
3066 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
3067
3068 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
3069 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
3070 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
3071 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
3072 services are resolved properly.
3073
3074 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
3075 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
3076 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
3077 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
3078 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
3079 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
3080 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
3081 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
3082 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
3083 and btrfs.
3084
3085 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
3086 DNS server and domain information.
3087
3088 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
3089 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
3090 runtime.
3091
3092 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
3093 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
3094 empty for the first time.
3095
3096 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
3097 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
3098 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
3099 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
3100 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
3101 running in the user session.
3102
3103 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
3104 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
3105 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
3106 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
3107 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
3108 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
3109 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
3110 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
3111 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
3112 user instance).
3113
3114 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
3115 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
3116
3117 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
3118 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
3119 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
3120 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
3121
3122 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
3123 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
3124
3125 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
3126 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
3127 sleep verbs.
3128
3129 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
3130
3131 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
3132 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
3133
3134 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
3135
3136 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
3137 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
3138 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
3139
3140 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
3141 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
3142 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
3143 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
3144 instance.
3145
3146 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
3147 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
3148 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
3149
3150 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
3151 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
3152 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
3153
3154 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
3155
3156 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
3157 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
3158 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
3159 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
3160 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
3161 processes.
3162
3163 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
3164 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
3165 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
3166 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
3167
3168 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
3169 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
3170 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
3171
3172 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
3173 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
3174 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
3175 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
3176 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
3177
3178 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
3179 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
3180
3181 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
3182 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
3183 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
3184 time the specified expression would elapse.
3185
3186 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
3187 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
3188 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
3189 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
3190 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
3191 types, not just services.
3192
3193 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
3194 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
3195 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
3196 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
3197
3198 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
3199 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
3200 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
3201 interface for this purpose.
3202
3203 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
3204 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
3205 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
3206 anyway.
3207
3208 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
3209 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3210 requirements of systemd.
3211
3212 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
3213 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
3214 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
3215
3216 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
3217 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
3218 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
3219 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
3220
3221 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
3222 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
3223 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
3224 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
3225
3226 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
3227 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
3228
3229 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
3230 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
3231 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
3232 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
3233 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
3234 managing software supports (such as pppd).
3235
3236 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
3237 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
3238 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
3239
3240 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
3241 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
3242 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
3243 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
3244 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
3245 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
3246 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
3247 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
3248 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
3249 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
3250 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
3251 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
3252 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
3253 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
3254 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
3255 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
3256 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
3257 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3258 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
3259 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
3260 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
3261 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3262 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3263
3264 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3265
3266 CHANGES WITH 235:
3267
3268 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
3269 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
3270 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
3271 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
3272 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
3273 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
3274 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
3275 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
3276 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
3277 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
3278 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
3279 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
3280 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
3281 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
3282 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
3283 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
3284 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
3285 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
3286 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
3287 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
3288 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
3289 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
3290 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
3291 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
3292 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
3293 IPAddressDeny= see below.
3294
3295 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
3296 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
3297 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
3298 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
3299 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
3300 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
3301 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
3302 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
3303
3304 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
3305 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
3306 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
3307 used to change those values.
3308
3309 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
3310 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
3311 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
3312 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
3313 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
3314 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
3315
3316 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
3317 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
3318 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
3319 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
3320
3321 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
3322 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
3323 one top-level directory.
3324
3325 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
3326 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
3327 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
3328 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
3329 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
3330 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
3331 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
3332 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
3333 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
3334 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
3335 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
3336 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
3337 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
3338 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
3339 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
3340
3341 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
3342 Meson-only.
3343
3344 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
3345 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
3346 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
3347 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
3348 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
3349 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
3350 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
3351 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
3352 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
3353 acceptable to us.
3354
3355 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
3356 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
3357 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
3358 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
3359 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
3360 requested at build time.
3361
3362 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
3363 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
3364 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
3365 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
3366 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
3367 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
3368 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
3369 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
3370 Type= setting which permits configuring
3371 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
3372
3373 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
3374 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
3375 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
3376 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
3377 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
3378 local frames between bridge ports.
3379
3380 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
3381 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
3382 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
3383
3384 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
3385 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
3386
3387 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
3388 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
3389 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
3390 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
3391
3392 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
3393 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
3394 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
3395 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
3396 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
3397 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
3398 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
3399 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
3400
3401 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
3402 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
3403 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
3404 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
3405 command.)
3406
3407 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
3408 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
3409 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
3410
3411 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
3412 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
3413 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
3414 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
3415
3416 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
3417 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
3418 configured, except for the credentials applied by
3419 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
3420 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
3421 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
3422 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
3423 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
3424 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
3425 on systems where this is not supported.
3426
3427 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
3428 sockets.
3429
3430 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
3431 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
3432 during runtime.
3433
3434 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
3435 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
3436 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
3437
3438 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
3439 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
3440 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
3441
3442 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
3443 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
3444 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
3445 Following this logic, two new special targets
3446 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
3447 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
3448 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
3449
3450 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
3451 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
3452 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
3453 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
3454
3455 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
3456 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
3457 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
3458 --wait".
3459
3460 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
3461 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
3462 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
3463 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
3464 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
3465 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
3466 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
3467 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
3468 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
3469
3470 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
3471 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
3472 containing information about the consumed resources of this
3473 invocation.
3474
3475 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
3476 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
3477 processes.
3478
3479 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
3480 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
3481 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
3482 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
3483 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
3484 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
3485 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
3486 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
3487 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
3488 systems for all five operations.
3489
3490 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
3491 the system.
3492
3493 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
3494 than UTC or the local timezone.
3495
3496 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
3497 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
3498 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
3499 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
3500 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
3501 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
3502 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
3503 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
3504
3505 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
3506 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
3507 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
3508 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
3509 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
3510 again.
3511
3512 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
3513 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
3514 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
3515
3516 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
3517 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
3518 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
3519 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
3520 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
3521 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
3522 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3523 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
3524 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
3525 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
3526 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
3527 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
3528 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
3529 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
3530 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
3531 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
3532 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
3533 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
3534 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
3535 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3536
3537 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
3538
3539 CHANGES WITH 234:
3540
3541 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
3542 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
3543 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
3544 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
3545 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
3546 summary:
3547
3548 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
3549
3550 becomes:
3551
3552 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
3553
3554 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
3555 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
3556 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
3557 .device units.
3558
3559 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
3560 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
3561 running a systemd user instance.
3562
3563 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
3564 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
3565 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
3566 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
3567 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
3568 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
3569
3570 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
3571
3572 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
3573 (domain search list).
3574
3575 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
3576 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
3577 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
3578 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
3579 implementation of RA.
3580
3581 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
3582 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
3583 ISO date values.
3584
3585 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
3586 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
3587 devices.
3588
3589 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
3590 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
3591 option.
3592
3593 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
3594 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
3595 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
3596 default yet.
3597
3598 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
3599 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
3600 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
3601 SHA256SUMS files.
3602
3603 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
3604 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
3605
3606 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
3607
3608 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
3609
3610 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
3611 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
3612
3613 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
3614 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
3615 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
3616 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
3617
3618 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
3619 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
3620 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
3621 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
3622 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
3623 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
3624 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
3625 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
3626 systemd-logind to be safe. See
3627 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
3628
3629 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
3630 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
3631 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
3632 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
3633 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
3634 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
3635 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
3636 after all the plugins exit.
3637
3638 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
3639 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
3640 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
3641 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
3642 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
3643 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
3644 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
3645 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3646 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
3647 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
3648 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
3649 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
3650 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
3651 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
3652 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
3653 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3654 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
3655 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
3656 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
3657 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
3658 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
3659 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
3660 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
3661 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
3662 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
3663 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
3664 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3665 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
3666 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
3667 Георгиевски
3668
3669 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
3670
3671 CHANGES WITH 233:
3672
3673 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
3674 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
3675 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
3676 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
3677 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
3678 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
3679 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
3680 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
3681 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
3682
3683 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
3684 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
3685 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
3686 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
3687 default selected on the configure command line
3688 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
3689 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
3690 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
3691 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
3692 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
3693 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
3694 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
3695 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
3696 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
3697 greatest stability and compatibility only.
3698
3699 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
3700 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
3701 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
3702 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
3703 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
3704 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
3705 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
3706 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
3707 further details about this.)
3708
3709 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
3710 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
3711 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
3712
3713 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
3714 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
3715
3716 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
3717 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
3718 with 'make install-tests'.
3719
3720 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
3721 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
3722 kernel.
3723
3724 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
3725 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
3726 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
3727 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
3728 by the Slice= option.
3729
3730 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
3731 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
3732 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
3733 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
3734
3735 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
3736 following choices:
3737
3738 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
3739 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
3740 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
3741 (h)elp
3742 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
3743 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
3744 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
3745 (y)es, execute the command
3746
3747 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
3748 because its meaning was confusing.
3749
3750 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
3751 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
3752
3753 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
3754 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
3755 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
3756
3757 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
3758 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
3759 state directly, without executing these commands.
3760
3761 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
3762 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
3763 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
3764
3765 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
3766 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
3767 combination with After=) have been started.
3768
3769 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
3770 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
3771 setting, and which system calls they contain.
3772
3773 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
3774 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
3775 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
3776 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
3777 configuration related calls.
3778
3779 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
3780 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
3781 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
3782 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
3783 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
3784 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
3785 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
3786
3787 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
3788 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
3789
3790 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
3791 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
3792 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
3793
3794 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
3795 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
3796
3797 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
3798 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
3799 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
3800 for compatibility.
3801
3802 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
3803 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
3804
3805 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
3806 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
3807
3808 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
3809 support for negative matching.
3810
3811 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
3812
3813 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
3814 permitted runtime of the mount command.
3815
3816 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
3817 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
3818 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
3819 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
3820 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
3821 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
3822 removed from the drive.
3823
3824 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
3825 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
3826
3827 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
3828 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
3829
3830 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
3831 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
3832 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
3833
3834 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
3835 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
3836 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
3837 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
3838 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
3839 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
3840 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
3841
3842 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
3843 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
3844 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
3845 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
3846 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
3847 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
3848
3849 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
3850 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
3851
3852 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
3853 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
3854 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
3855 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
3856 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
3857 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
3858 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
3859 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
3860
3861 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
3862 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
3863 including all control processes.
3864
3865 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
3866 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
3867 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
3868
3869 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
3870 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
3871 prefixing the source path with "+".
3872
3873 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
3874 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
3875 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
3876 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
3877 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
3878 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
3879 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
3880 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
3881
3882 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
3883 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
3884 before).
3885
3886 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
3887 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
3888 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
3889 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
3890 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
3891 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
3892 the new --root-hash= command line option).
3893
3894 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
3895 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
3896 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
3897 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
3898 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
3899 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
3900 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
3901 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
3902 versions.
3903
3904 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
3905 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
3906 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
3907 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
3908 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
3909 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
3910 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
3911 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
3912 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
3913 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
3914 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
3915 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
3916 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
3917 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
3918 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
3919 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
3920 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
3921 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
3922 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
3923 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
3924 a Verity-enabled root partition.
3925
3926 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
3927 accelerometer quirks.
3928
3929 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
3930 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
3931 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
3932 ID of each service.
3933
3934 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
3935 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
3936 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
3937 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
3938 view.
3939
3940 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
3941 environment variables:
3942
3943 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
3944
3945 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
3946 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
3947 address.
3948
3949 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
3950 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
3951 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
3952
3953 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
3954 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
3955 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
3956 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
3957 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
3958 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
3959 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
3960 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
3961 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
3962 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
3963 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
3964 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
3965 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
3966
3967 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
3968 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
3969 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
3970
3971 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
3972 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
3973
3974 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
3975 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
3976 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
3977 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
3978 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
3979
3980 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
3981 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
3982 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
3983
3984 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
3985 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
3986
3987 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
3988 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
3989 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
3990 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
3991
3992 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
3993 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
3994 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
3995 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
3996 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
3997 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
3998 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
3999 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
4000 possibly even including full integrity data.
4001
4002 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
4003 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
4004 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
4005 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
4006 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
4007
4008 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
4009 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
4010 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
4011 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
4012 directly with systemd-nspawn.
4013
4014 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
4015 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
4016 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
4017 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
4018
4019 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
4020 of coredumps in reverse order.
4021
4022 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
4023 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
4024 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
4025 additional informational message in its output.
4026
4027 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
4028 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
4029 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
4030
4031 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
4032 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
4033 scripting languages such as Python.
4034
4035 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
4036 namespacing is enabled for them.
4037
4038 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
4039 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
4040 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
4041 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
4042 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
4043 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
4044
4045 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
4046 root key (KSK).
4047
4048 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
4049 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
4050 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
4051
4052 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
4053 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
4054 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
4055 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
4056 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
4057 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
4058 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
4059 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
4060 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
4061 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
4062 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
4063 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
4064 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
4065 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
4066 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
4067 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
4068 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
4069 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
4070 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
4071 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
4072 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
4073 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
4074 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
4075 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
4076 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
4077 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
4078 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
4079 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
4080 Тихонов
4081
4082 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
4083
4084 CHANGES WITH 232:
4085
4086 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
4087 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
4088 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
4089 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
4090 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
4091 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
4092
4093 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
4094 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
4095
4096 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4097 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
4098 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
4099
4100 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
4101 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
4102 to be remounted read-only for a service.
4103
4104 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4105 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
4106 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
4107 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
4108
4109 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4110 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
4111
4112 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
4113 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
4114 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
4115
4116 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
4117 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
4118 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
4119 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
4120 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
4121 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
4122 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4123 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
4124 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
4125 permanent modifications to the system.
4126
4127 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4128 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
4129 container or chroot environments.
4130
4131 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
4132 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
4133 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
4134 mapped to nobody.
4135
4136 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
4137 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
4138 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
4139 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
4140
4141 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
4142 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
4143
4144 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
4145 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
4146 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
4147 and the support is provisional.
4148
4149 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
4150 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
4151 unit files in the file system).
4152
4153 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
4154 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
4155 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
4156 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
4157 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
4158 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
4159 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
4160 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
4161 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
4162 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
4163 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
4164 state is fixed automatically.
4165
4166 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
4167 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
4168 option.
4169
4170 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
4171 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
4172 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
4173 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
4174 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
4175 else.
4176
4177 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
4178 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
4179 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
4180 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
4181 bootable on physical systems.
4182
4183 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4184
4185 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
4186 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
4187 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
4188 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
4189 used.
4190
4191 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
4192 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4193 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
4194 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
4195
4196 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4197
4198 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4199 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
4200 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
4201 of the container).
4202
4203 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4204 files from the specified location.
4205
4206 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
4207 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
4208 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
4209 be active.
4210
4211 * The hardware database has been extended to support
4212 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
4213 trackball devices.
4214
4215 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
4216 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
4217 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
4218
4219 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
4220 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
4221 specified service binary exited.)
4222
4223 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4224 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
4225
4226 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4227 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
4228 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
4229 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
4230 --since= and --until= options.
4231
4232 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
4233 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
4234 are automatically propagated to the container.
4235
4236 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
4237 from a single IP address can be limited with
4238 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
4239 MaxConnections=.
4240
4241 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
4242 configuration.
4243
4244 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
4245 drop-ins.
4246
4247 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
4248 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
4249 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
4250 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
4251 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
4252 [Link] section of .link files.
4253
4254 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
4255 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
4256 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
4257 section of .netdev files.
4258
4259 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4260 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
4261 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
4262
4263 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4264 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
4265 .network files.
4266
4267 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
4268 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
4269 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
4270 service runtime cycle.
4271
4272 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
4273 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4274 has been traditionally doing.
4275
4276 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
4277 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
4278 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
4279 prevent any later plugins from running.
4280
4281 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
4282 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
4283 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
4284 default of SplitMode=uid.
4285
4286 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
4287 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
4288 useful.
4289
4290 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
4291 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
4292 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
4293 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
4294 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
4295 individual namespaces.
4296
4297 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
4298 the output, as well as OS release information.
4299
4300 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
4301
4302 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
4303 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
4304 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
4305 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
4306 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
4307
4308 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
4309 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
4310 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
4311 severed.
4312
4313 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
4314 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
4315 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
4316 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
4317 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
4318 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
4319 information about exit statuses and results.
4320
4321 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
4322 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
4323 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
4324 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
4325 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
4326 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
4327
4328 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
4329
4330 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
4331 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
4332 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
4333 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
4334 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
4335 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
4336 entirely.
4337
4338 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
4339 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
4340 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
4341
4342 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
4343 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
4344 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
4345 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
4346 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
4347 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
4348 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
4349 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
4350 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
4351 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
4352 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
4353 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
4354 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
4355 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
4356 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
4357 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
4358 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
4359
4360 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
4361 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
4362 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
4363 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
4364
4365 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
4366 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
4367 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
4368 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
4369
4370 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
4371 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
4372 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
4373 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
4374 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
4375 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
4376 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
4377 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
4378 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
4379 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
4380 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
4381 fragment entirely.)
4382
4383 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
4384 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
4385 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
4386
4387 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
4388 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
4389 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
4390 FileDescriptorName= setting.
4391
4392 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
4393 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
4394 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
4395 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
4396 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
4397 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
4398
4399 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
4400 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
4401
4402 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
4403 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
4404
4405 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
4406 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
4407 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
4408 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
4409 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
4410
4411 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
4412 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
4413 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
4414 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4415 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
4416 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
4417 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
4418 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
4419 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
4420 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
4421 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
4422 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
4423 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
4424 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
4425 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
4426 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
4427 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
4428 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
4429 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
4430 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
4431 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
4432 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
4433 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
4434 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
4435 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4436 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4437
4438 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
4439
4440 CHANGES WITH 231:
4441
4442 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
4443 with an additional special character as first argument of the
4444 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
4445 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
4446 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
4447 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
4448 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
4449 independently.
4450
4451 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
4452 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
4453
4454 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
4455 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
4456 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
4457 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
4458 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
4459 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
4460 values.
4461
4462 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
4463 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
4464 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
4465 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
4466 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
4467
4468 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
4469 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
4470 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
4471 7:10am every day.
4472
4473 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
4474 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
4475 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
4476 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
4477 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
4478 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
4479 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
4480 available for compatibility.
4481
4482 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
4483 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
4484 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
4485 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
4486 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
4487 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
4488
4489 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
4490 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
4491 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
4492 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
4493 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
4494 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
4495 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
4496 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
4497 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
4498
4499 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
4500 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
4501 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
4502 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
4503 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
4504 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
4505 desired options.
4506
4507 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
4508 cgroup v2.
4509
4510 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
4511 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
4512 limited to subgroups of that group.
4513
4514 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
4515 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
4516 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
4517 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
4518 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
4519 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
4520 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
4521 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
4522
4523 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
4524 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
4525 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
4526 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
4527 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
4528 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
4529 own long-running services.
4530
4531 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
4532 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
4533 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
4534 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
4535
4536 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
4537 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
4538 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
4539 propagates this notification further to the service manager
4540 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
4541 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
4542 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
4543 primitives.
4544
4545 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
4546 "terminate".
4547
4548 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
4549 link-local IPv6 addresses.
4550
4551 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
4552 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
4553 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
4554 --flush-caches".
4555
4556 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
4557 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
4558 is shown.
4559
4560 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
4561 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
4562 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
4563 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
4564 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
4565 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
4566
4567 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
4568 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
4569 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
4570 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
4571 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
4572 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
4573 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
4574 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
4575 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
4576 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
4577 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
4578 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
4579 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
4580 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
4581 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
4582 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
4583 bus API instead.
4584
4585 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
4586 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
4587 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
4588 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
4589
4590 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
4591 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
4592 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
4593 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
4594
4595 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
4596 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
4597 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
4598
4599 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
4600 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
4601
4602 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
4603 interface configuration.
4604
4605 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
4606 specifying the --force switch.
4607
4608 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
4609 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
4610 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
4611
4612 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
4613 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
4614 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
4615 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
4616 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
4617 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
4618 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
4619 to be handled.
4620
4621 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
4622 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
4623
4624 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
4625 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
4626
4627 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
4628 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
4629 of persistent symlinks for that device.
4630
4631 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
4632 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
4633
4634 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
4635 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
4636 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
4637 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
4638 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
4639 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
4640 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
4641 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
4642 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
4643 library.
4644
4645 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
4646 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
4647 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
4648 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
4649 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
4650 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
4651 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
4652 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
4653 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
4654 doc/HACKING for details.
4655
4656 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
4657 distribution's bugtracker.
4658
4659 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
4660 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
4661 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
4662 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
4663 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
4664 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
4665 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
4666 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
4667 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
4668 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
4669 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
4670 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
4671 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
4672 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
4673 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
4674 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
4675 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
4676 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
4677 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4678
4679 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
4680
4681 CHANGES WITH 230:
4682
4683 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
4684 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
4685 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
4686 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
4687 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
4688 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
4689 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
4690 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
4691 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
4692 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
4693 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
4694 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
4695 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
4696 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
4697 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
4698 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
4699 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
4700 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
4701 applications.)
4702
4703 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
4704 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
4705 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
4706
4707 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
4708 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
4709 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
4710 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
4711 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
4712 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
4713 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
4714
4715 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
4716 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
4717 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
4718 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
4719 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
4720 command works for tmux.
4721
4722 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
4723 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
4724 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
4725 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
4726 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
4727 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
4728
4729 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
4730 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
4731
4732 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
4733 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
4734 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
4735
4736 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
4737
4738 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
4739 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
4740 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
4741 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
4742 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
4743
4744 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
4745 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
4746 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
4747 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
4748
4749 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
4750 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
4751 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
4752 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
4753 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
4754 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
4755
4756 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
4757 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
4758 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
4759
4760 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
4761 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
4762 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
4763 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
4764 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
4765 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
4766
4767 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
4768 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
4769 address.
4770
4771 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
4772 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
4773 should be emitted.
4774
4775 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
4776 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
4777 supported.
4778
4779 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
4780 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
4781 logging performance.
4782
4783 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
4784 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
4785 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
4786 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
4787 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
4788 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
4789
4790 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
4791 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
4792 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
4793 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
4794
4795 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
4796 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
4797
4798 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
4799 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
4800 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
4801
4802 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
4803
4804 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
4805 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
4806 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
4807 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
4808
4809 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
4810 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
4811 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
4812 refuse to operate on such files.
4813
4814 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
4815 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
4816 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
4817
4818 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
4819 just hidden container images.
4820
4821 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
4822 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
4823
4824 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
4825 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
4826 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
4827 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
4828 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
4829 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
4830 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
4831 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
4832 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
4833 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
4834 been changed to use this functionality by default.
4835
4836 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
4837 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
4838 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
4839 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
4840 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
4841 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
4842 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
4843 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
4844 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
4845 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
4846 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
4847 terminates.
4848
4849 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
4850 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
4851 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
4852 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
4853
4854 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
4855 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
4856 rate of the socket unit.
4857
4858 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
4859 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
4860 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
4861 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
4862 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
4863
4864 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
4865 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
4866 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
4867 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
4868 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
4869 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
4870 with this.
4871
4872 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
4873 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
4874
4875 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
4876 merged into the kernel in its current form.
4877
4878 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
4879 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
4880 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
4881 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
4882 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
4883
4884 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
4885 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
4886 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
4887
4888 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
4889 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
4890 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
4891 target is now included in early userspace.
4892
4893 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
4894 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
4895 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
4896 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
4897 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
4898 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
4899 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
4900 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
4901 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
4902 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
4903 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
4904 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
4905 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
4906 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
4907 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
4908 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
4909 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
4910 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
4911 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
4912 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4913 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
4914 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
4915 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
4916 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
4917 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4918 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4919
4920 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
4921
4922 CHANGES WITH 229:
4923
4924 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
4925 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
4926 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
4927 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
4928 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
4929 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
4930 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
4931 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
4932 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
4933 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
4934 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
4935 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
4936 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
4937
4938 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
4939 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
4940 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
4941 /usr/bin.
4942
4943 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
4944 devices.
4945
4946 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
4947 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
4948 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
4949 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
4950 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
4951 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
4952 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
4953 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
4954 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
4955 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
4956 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
4957 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
4958 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
4959 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
4960 this limit.
4961
4962 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
4963 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
4964 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
4965 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
4966 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
4967 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
4968 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
4969 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
4970
4971 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
4972 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
4973 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
4974 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
4975 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
4976 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
4977 and group at package installation time.
4978
4979 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
4980 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
4981 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
4982 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
4983 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
4984
4985 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
4986 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
4987 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
4988 supports it.
4989
4990 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
4991 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
4992
4993 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
4994 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
4995 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
4996 file is already initialized.
4997
4998 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
4999 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
5000 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
5001 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
5002 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
5003 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
5004 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
5005 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
5006 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
5007
5008 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
5009 working directory for the process started in the container.
5010
5011 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
5012 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
5013 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
5014 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
5015 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
5016
5017 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5018 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
5019 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
5020
5021 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
5022 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
5023 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
5024 sd_journal_restart_fields().
5025
5026 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
5027 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
5028 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
5029 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
5030 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
5031
5032 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
5033 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
5034 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
5035 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
5036
5037 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
5038 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
5039 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
5040 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
5041 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
5042 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
5043 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
5044 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
5045 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
5046 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
5047 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
5048 by PID 1.
5049
5050 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
5051 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
5052 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
5053 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
5054 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
5055 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
5056 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
5057 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
5058
5059 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
5060
5061 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
5062 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
5063 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
5064
5065 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
5066 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
5067 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
5068 recent kernels.
5069
5070 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
5071 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
5072
5073 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
5074 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
5075 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
5076 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
5077 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
5078 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
5079 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
5080 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
5081 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
5082 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
5083 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
5084 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
5085 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
5086
5087 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
5088 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
5089 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
5090 clusters or larger setups.
5091
5092 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
5093
5094 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
5095 sockets.
5096
5097 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
5098
5099 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
5100 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
5101 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
5102 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
5103 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
5104 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
5105
5106 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
5107 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
5108 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
5109
5110 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
5111 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
5112 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
5113 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
5114
5115 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
5116
5117 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
5118 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
5119 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
5120 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
5121 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
5122 maintain compatibility.
5123
5124 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
5125 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
5126 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
5127 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
5128 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
5129 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
5130 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
5131 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
5132 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
5133 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
5134 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
5135 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5136 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
5137 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
5138 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
5139 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
5140 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5141 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
5142 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5143
5144 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
5145
5146 CHANGES WITH 228:
5147
5148 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
5149 files are now also available as properties to set when
5150 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
5151 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
5152 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
5153 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
5154 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5155 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
5156 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
5157
5158 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
5159 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
5160 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
5161
5162 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
5163 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
5164 created transiently.
5165
5166 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
5167 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
5168 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
5169 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
5170 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
5171 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
5172 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
5173 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
5174
5175 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
5176 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
5177 disk and sync the files, before returning.
5178
5179 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
5180 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
5181 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
5182 enabled.
5183
5184 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
5185 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
5186 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
5187 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
5188 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
5189 subvolumes.
5190
5191 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
5192 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
5193
5194 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
5195 individual indexes.
5196
5197 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
5198 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
5199 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
5200 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
5201 suffixes now.
5202
5203 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
5204 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
5205 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
5206 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
5207 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
5208 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
5209 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
5210 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
5211 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
5212 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
5213 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
5214 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
5215 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
5216 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
5217 number of processes or tasks each user may own
5218 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
5219 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
5220 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
5221 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
5222 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
5223 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
5224
5225 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
5226 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
5227 links between the host and the container.
5228
5229 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
5230 added that allows importing select environment variables
5231 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
5232 the service.
5233
5234 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
5235 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
5236 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
5237 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
5238 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
5239 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
5240 than until they first elapse.
5241
5242 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
5243 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
5244 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
5245 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
5246 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
5247 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
5248 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
5249 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
5250
5251 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
5252 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
5253 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
5254 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
5255 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
5256 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
5257 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
5258 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
5259 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
5260 journal and in coredump handling.
5261
5262 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
5263 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
5264 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
5265 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
5266 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
5267 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
5268 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
5269 software you package still references it, as this is a
5270 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
5271 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
5272
5273 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
5274
5275 Note that only util-linux versions built with
5276 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
5277
5278 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
5279 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
5280 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
5281
5282 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
5283 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
5284 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
5285 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
5286 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
5287 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
5288 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
5289 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
5290 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
5291 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
5292 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
5293 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
5294 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
5295 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
5296 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
5297 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
5298
5299 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
5300 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
5301 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
5302 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
5303 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
5304 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
5305 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
5306 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
5307 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
5308 surprises.
5309
5310 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
5311 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
5312 to the various user database fields of the user that the
5313 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
5314 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
5315 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
5316 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
5317 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
5318 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
5319 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
5320 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
5321 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
5322 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
5323 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
5324 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
5325 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
5326 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
5327 of PID 1 is the root user).
5328
5329 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
5330 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
5331 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5332 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
5333 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
5334 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
5335 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5336 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
5337 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5338 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
5339 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
5340 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
5341 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5342 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
5343 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5344
5345 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
5346
5347 CHANGES WITH 227:
5348
5349 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
5350 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
5351 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
5352
5353 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
5354 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
5355 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
5356 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
5357 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
5358 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
5359
5360 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
5361 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
5362 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
5363 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
5364 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
5365
5366 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
5367 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
5368 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
5369 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
5370 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
5371 packets on unestablished sockets.
5372
5373 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
5374 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
5375 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
5376 automatically.
5377
5378 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
5379 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
5380 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
5381
5382 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
5383 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
5384 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
5385 for disk IO.
5386
5387 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
5388 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
5389 removed.
5390
5391 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
5392 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
5393 directory is set to the home directory of the user
5394 configured in User=.
5395
5396 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
5397 directory of the selected user by default.
5398
5399 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
5400 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
5401 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
5402 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
5403 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
5404 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
5405 compat reasons.
5406
5407 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
5408 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
5409 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
5410 units.
5411
5412 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
5413 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
5414 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
5415 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
5416 level.
5417
5418 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
5419 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
5420 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
5421 namespaces work correctly.
5422
5423 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
5424 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
5425 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
5426 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
5427 activation.
5428
5429 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
5430 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
5431 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
5432 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
5433 system instance in a container.
5434
5435 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
5436 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
5437 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
5438 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
5439 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
5440 connections.
5441
5442 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
5443 show the control groups within a certain container only.
5444
5445 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
5446 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
5447 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
5448 processes attached, or similar.
5449
5450 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
5451 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
5452 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
5453
5454 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
5455 specifiers like %i or %f.
5456
5457 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
5458 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
5459 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
5460 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
5461
5462 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
5463 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
5464 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
5465 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
5466 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
5467 descriptors using sd_notify().
5468
5469 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
5470
5471 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
5472 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
5473
5474 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
5475 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
5476
5477 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
5478 .network files.
5479
5480 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
5481 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
5482 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
5483 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
5484 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
5485 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
5486 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
5487 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
5488 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
5489 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
5490 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
5491 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
5492 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
5493 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
5494 gdm-autologin is used.
5495
5496 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
5497 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
5498 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
5499 next to the image file.
5500
5501 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
5502 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
5503 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
5504 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
5505
5506 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
5507 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
5508 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
5509 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
5510 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
5511 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
5512
5513 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
5514 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
5515 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
5516 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
5517 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
5518 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
5519 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
5520 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
5521 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
5522 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
5523 number of files in place.
5524
5525 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
5526 on kernels where that is supported.
5527
5528 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
5529
5530 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
5531 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
5532 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
5533 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5534 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
5535 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
5536 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
5537 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
5538 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
5539 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
5540 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5541 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5542 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
5543 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
5544 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
5545 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5546 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
5547 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
5548
5549 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
5550
5551 CHANGES WITH 226:
5552
5553 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
5554 new features:
5555
5556 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
5557 information. It may be enabled and configured via
5558 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
5559 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
5560 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
5561 is any) is propagated.
5562
5563 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
5564 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
5565 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
5566 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
5567 information is enabled between host and containers by
5568 default now: the container will change its local timezone
5569 to what the host has set.
5570
5571 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
5572 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
5573
5574 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
5575 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
5576 information back, even if the server loses state.
5577
5578 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
5579 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
5580 PoolSize=.
5581
5582 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
5583 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
5584 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
5585 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
5586
5587 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
5588 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
5589 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
5590 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
5591 'dbus-daemon' systems.
5592
5593 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
5594 for virtio devices.
5595
5596 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
5597 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
5598 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
5599 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
5600 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
5601 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
5602 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
5603 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
5604 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5605 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
5606 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
5607 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
5608 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
5609 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
5610 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
5611 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
5612 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
5613 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
5614 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
5615 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
5616 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
5617 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
5618 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
5619 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
5620 grants them.
5621
5622 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
5623 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
5624 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
5625 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
5626 group tree.
5627
5628 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
5629 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
5630 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
5631 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
5632 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
5633 work correctly in containers now.
5634
5635 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
5636 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
5637
5638 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
5639 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5640 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
5641 function call is particularly useful when implementing
5642 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
5643
5644 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
5645 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
5646 signal events.
5647
5648 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
5649 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
5650 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
5651 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
5652
5653 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
5654 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
5655 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
5656 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
5657 nspawn command line.
5658
5659 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
5660 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
5661 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5662 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
5663 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
5664 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
5665 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5666 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
5667
5668 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
5669
5670 CHANGES WITH 225:
5671
5672 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
5673 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
5674 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
5675 shell directly without prompting for username or
5676 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
5677 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
5678 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
5679 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
5680 the originating session.
5681
5682 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
5683 options and allows other programs to query the values.
5684
5685 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
5686 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
5687 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
5688 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
5689 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
5690 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
5691 probably not stabilize on this release.
5692
5693 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
5694 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
5695 messages.
5696
5697 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
5698 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
5699 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
5700
5701 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
5702 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
5703
5704 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
5705 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
5706 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
5707 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
5708 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
5709 posteriori.
5710
5711 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
5712 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
5713
5714 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
5715 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
5716 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
5717 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
5718 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
5719 "lastlog" tools.
5720
5721 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
5722 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
5723 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
5724 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
5725 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
5726
5727 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
5728 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
5729 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
5730 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5731 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
5732 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
5733 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
5734 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
5735 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
5736 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
5737 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
5738 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5739
5740 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
5741
5742 CHANGES WITH 224:
5743
5744 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
5745 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
5746
5747 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
5748 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
5749 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
5750
5751 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
5752 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5753 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
5754
5755 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
5756
5757 CHANGES WITH 223:
5758
5759 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
5760 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
5761 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
5762 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5763
5764 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
5765 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
5766
5767 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
5768 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
5769
5770 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
5771
5772 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
5773 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
5774 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
5775
5776 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
5777 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
5778 decapsulated packet.
5779
5780 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
5781 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
5782 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
5783 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
5784 netlink attribute.
5785
5786 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
5787 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
5788 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
5789 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
5790
5791 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
5792 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
5793 according to RFC2460.
5794
5795 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
5796 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
5797
5798 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
5799 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
5800 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
5801
5802 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
5803 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
5804 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
5805 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
5806 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
5807 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
5808
5809 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
5810 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5811 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
5812 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5813 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
5814 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
5815 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
5816 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
5817 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
5818 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5819
5820 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
5821
5822 CHANGES WITH 222:
5823
5824 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
5825 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
5826 or should be used to work around such bugs.
5827
5828 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
5829 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
5830
5831 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
5832 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
5833 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
5834 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
5835 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
5836
5837 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
5838 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
5839 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
5840
5841 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
5842 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
5843 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
5844 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
5845 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
5846
5847 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5848
5849 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
5850 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
5851 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
5852 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5853 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
5854 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5855 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
5856 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
5857 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5858 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5859
5860 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
5861
5862 CHANGES WITH 221:
5863
5864 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5865 stable and have been added to the official interface of
5866 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
5867 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
5868 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
5869 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
5870 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
5871 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
5872 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
5873 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5874 portable to other kernels.
5875
5876 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
5877 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
5878 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
5879 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
5880 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
5881 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
5882 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
5883 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
5884 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
5885 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
5886 systemd enabled.
5887
5888 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
5889 2.26.
5890
5891 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
5892 favor of calling an abstraction tool
5893 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
5894 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
5895 in README for details.
5896
5897 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
5898 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
5899 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
5900 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
5901 unit.
5902
5903 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
5904 into man pages.
5905
5906 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
5907 external project.
5908
5909 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
5910 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
5911
5912 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
5913 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
5914 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
5915 state.
5916
5917 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
5918 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
5919 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
5920
5921 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
5922 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
5923 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
5924 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
5925 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
5926 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
5927 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
5928 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
5929 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
5930 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5931 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
5932 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
5933 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
5934 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5935 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
5936 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5937
5938 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
5939
5940 CHANGES WITH 220:
5941
5942 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
5943 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
5944 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
5945 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
5946 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
5947 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
5948 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
5949 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
5950
5951 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
5952 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
5953 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
5954 service consumed). This value is only available if
5955 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
5956 in the "systemctl status" output.
5957
5958 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
5959 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
5960 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
5961 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
5962 previously was already the default behaviour).
5963
5964 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
5965 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
5966 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
5967
5968 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
5969 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
5970 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
5971 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
5972
5973 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
5974 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
5975 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
5976 journalling file systems that support external journal
5977 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
5978 systems to be mounted.
5979
5980 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
5981 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
5982 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
5983 stable release this should not be problematic.
5984
5985 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
5986 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
5987 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
5988 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
5989 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
5990
5991 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
5992 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
5993 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
5994 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
5995 network switches.
5996
5997 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
5998 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
5999
6000 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
6001 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
6002 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
6003
6004 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
6005
6006 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
6007 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
6008 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
6009 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
6010 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
6011 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
6012 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
6013 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
6014 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
6015 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
6016 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
6017 been fixed in v220.
6018
6019 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
6020 systemd-networkd.
6021
6022 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
6023 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
6024 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
6025 containers started from the command line.
6026
6027 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
6028 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
6029
6030 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
6031 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
6032 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
6033 indirection via a pseudo tty.
6034
6035 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
6036 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
6037 when shutting down.
6038
6039 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
6040 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
6041 overlayfs support.
6042
6043 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
6044 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
6045 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
6046 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
6047 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
6048 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
6049 images are imported via systemd-importd.
6050
6051 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
6052 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
6053 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
6054
6055 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
6056 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
6057 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
6058 of v1 as before).
6059
6060 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
6061 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
6062
6063 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
6064 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
6065 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
6066 without further privileges or authorization.
6067
6068 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
6069 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
6070 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
6071 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
6072 accessible via a bus interface.
6073
6074 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
6075 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
6076 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
6077 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
6078 to cover this functionality.
6079
6080 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
6081 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
6082 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
6083 disabled/masked also stopped.
6084
6085 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
6086 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
6087 updated to support systemd-boot.
6088
6089 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
6090 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
6091 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
6092 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
6093 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
6094 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
6095 like this and can extract OS release information from them
6096 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
6097 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
6098
6099 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
6100 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
6101 system.
6102
6103 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
6104 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
6105 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
6106 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
6107 device symlinks.
6108
6109 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
6110 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
6111 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
6112 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
6113
6114 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
6115 stick devices has been added.
6116
6117 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
6118 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
6119
6120 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
6121 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
6122 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
6123 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
6124 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
6125
6126 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
6127 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
6128 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
6129
6130 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
6131 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
6132 Debian.
6133
6134 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
6135 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
6136 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
6137
6138 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
6139 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
6140 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
6141 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
6142 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
6143 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
6144 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
6145 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6146 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
6147 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
6148 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6149 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
6150 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
6151 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
6152 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
6153 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
6154 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
6155 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6156 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
6157 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
6158 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
6159 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
6160 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
6161 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
6162 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
6163 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
6164 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6165
6166 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
6167
6168 CHANGES WITH 219:
6169
6170 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
6171 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
6172 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
6173 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
6174 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
6175 interface with and update the database.
6176
6177 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
6178 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
6179 before bytewise copying is done.
6180
6181 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
6182 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
6183 directory, and immediately removed when the container
6184 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
6185 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
6186 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
6187 for starting a container off the root file system of the
6188 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
6189 available on btrfs file systems.
6190
6191 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
6192 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
6193 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
6194 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
6195 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
6196 systems.
6197
6198 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
6199 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
6200 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
6201 mount point remains.
6202
6203 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
6204 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
6205 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
6206 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
6207 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
6208 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
6209 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
6210 are disabled.
6211
6212 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
6213 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
6214 container to the host or vice versa.
6215
6216 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
6217 mount host directories into local containers. This is
6218 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
6219
6220 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
6221 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
6222
6223 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
6224 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
6225 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
6226 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
6227 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
6228 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
6229 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
6230 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
6231 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
6232 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
6233 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
6234 make the functionality of importd available to the
6235 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
6236 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
6237 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
6238 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
6239 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
6240 only fully supported on btrfs.
6241
6242 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
6243 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
6244 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
6245 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
6246 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
6247 information about images.
6248
6249 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
6250 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
6251 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
6252 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
6253 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
6254 legacy file systems).
6255
6256 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
6257 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
6258 shown in networkctl output.
6259
6260 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
6261 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
6262 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
6263 processes as system services while interactively
6264 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
6265 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
6266 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
6267 full login session, the difference being that the former
6268 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
6269 setup.
6270
6271 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
6272 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
6273 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
6274 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
6275 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
6276
6277 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
6278 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
6279 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
6280 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
6281 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
6282 via qemu/kvm.
6283
6284 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
6285 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
6286 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
6287 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
6288 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
6289 disk images, too.
6290
6291 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
6292 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
6293 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
6294 integrate with that.
6295
6296 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
6297 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
6298 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
6299 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
6300
6301 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
6302 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
6303 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
6304
6305 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
6306 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
6307 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
6308 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
6309 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
6310 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
6311 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
6312 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
6313 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
6314 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
6315
6316 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
6317 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
6318 files.
6319
6320 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
6321 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
6322 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
6323 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
6324 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
6325 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
6326 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
6327 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
6328 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
6329 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
6330 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
6331 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
6332 explicitly turned on.
6333
6334 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
6335 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
6336 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
6337 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
6338
6339 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
6340 supported.
6341
6342 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
6343 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
6344 user/session following the status output. Similar,
6345 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
6346 associated with a virtual machine or container
6347 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
6348 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
6349 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
6350 output however.)
6351
6352 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
6353 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
6354 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
6355 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
6356 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
6357 caller's session/user.
6358
6359 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
6360 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
6361 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
6362 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
6363 user services.
6364
6365 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
6366 same way as unit files.
6367
6368 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
6369 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
6370 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
6371 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
6372 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
6373 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
6374 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
6375 the host.
6376
6377 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
6378 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
6379 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
6380 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
6381 the host as if their services were running directly on the
6382 host.
6383
6384 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
6385 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
6386 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
6387 updated to make use of it too by default.
6388
6389 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
6390 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
6391 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
6392 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
6393
6394 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
6395 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
6396 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
6397 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
6398 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
6399 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
6400 modification.
6401
6402 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
6403 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
6404 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
6405 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
6406 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
6407 information about Touchpad types.
6408
6409 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
6410 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
6411
6412 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
6413 Policy link field.
6414
6415 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
6416 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
6417
6418 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
6419 ACLs on files.
6420
6421 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
6422 tmpfs, automatically.
6423
6424 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
6425 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
6426 status" output, if available.
6427
6428 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
6429 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
6430 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
6431 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
6432 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
6433 run on next reboot.
6434
6435 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
6436 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
6437 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
6438 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
6439 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
6440 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
6441 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
6442
6443 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
6444 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
6445 after a configurable timeout.
6446
6447 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
6448 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
6449 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
6450 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
6451 it non-idle.
6452
6453 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
6454 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
6455
6456 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
6457 each .network interface in networkd.
6458
6459 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
6460 in .network files.
6461
6462 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
6463 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
6464
6465 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
6466 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
6467 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
6468 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
6469 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
6470 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
6471 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
6472 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
6473 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
6474 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
6475 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
6476 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6477 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
6478 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
6479 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
6480 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
6481 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
6482 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
6483 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
6484 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6485 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
6486 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
6487 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
6488 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6489
6490 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
6491
6492 CHANGES WITH 218:
6493
6494 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
6495 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
6496 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
6497 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
6498
6499 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
6500 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
6501 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
6502 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
6503 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
6504
6505 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
6506
6507 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
6508 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
6509 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
6510 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
6511 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
6512 modified configuration after editing.
6513
6514 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
6515 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
6516 system preset files.
6517
6518 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
6519 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
6520 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
6521 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
6522 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
6523 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
6524 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
6525 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
6526 other contexts.
6527
6528 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
6529 inhibitors.
6530
6531 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
6532 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
6533 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
6534 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
6535 managers.
6536
6537 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
6538 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
6539 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
6540 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
6541 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
6542 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
6543 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
6544 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
6545 parallel to journald.
6546
6547 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
6548 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
6549 available.
6550
6551 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
6552 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
6553 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
6554 or are not older than the specified time.
6555
6556 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
6557 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
6558 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
6559 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
6560
6561 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
6562 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
6563 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
6564 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
6565 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
6566 communication.
6567
6568 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
6569 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
6570 services.
6571
6572 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
6573 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
6574 including their signature and values. This is particularly
6575 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
6576 the new "busctl tree" command.
6577
6578 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
6579 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
6580 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
6581 friendly way.
6582
6583 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
6584 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
6585 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
6586 race-ful way.
6587
6588 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
6589 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
6590 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
6591 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
6592 --link-journal=try-guest.
6593
6594 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
6595 stable MAC addresses.
6596
6597 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
6598 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
6599 the respective unit shall use.
6600
6601 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
6602 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
6603 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
6604 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
6605
6606 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
6607 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
6608 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
6609 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
6610 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
6611 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
6612
6613 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
6614 details see:
6615
6616 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
6617
6618 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
6619 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
6620 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
6621 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
6622 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
6623 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
6624 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
6625 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
6626 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
6627 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
6628 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
6629 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
6630
6631 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
6632 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
6633 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
6634 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
6635 bluetooth, ...) is used.
6636
6637 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
6638 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
6639 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
6640 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
6641 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
6642 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
6643 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
6644 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
6645
6646 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
6647 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
6648 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
6649 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
6650 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
6651 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
6652 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
6653 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
6654 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
6655 interface.
6656
6657 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
6658 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
6659 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
6660 luks.name= argument.
6661
6662 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
6663 (this was previously already available for scope and service
6664 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
6665 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
6666 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
6667 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
6668
6669 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
6670 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
6671 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
6672
6673 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
6674 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
6675 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
6676 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
6677 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
6678 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
6679 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
6680 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6681 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
6682 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
6683 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
6684 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
6685 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
6686 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
6687 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
6688 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6689 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
6690 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6691
6692 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
6693
6694 CHANGES WITH 217:
6695
6696 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
6697 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
6698 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
6699 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
6700
6701 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
6702 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
6703 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
6704 now waits until the operation is complete.
6705
6706 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
6707 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
6708 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
6709 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
6710 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
6711 connection.
6712
6713 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
6714 commands anymore.
6715
6716 * User units are now loaded also from
6717 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
6718 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
6719 supported, but is under the control of the user.
6720
6721 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
6722 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
6723 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
6724 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
6725 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
6726 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
6727 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
6728 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
6729 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
6730 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
6731 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
6732 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
6733 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
6734 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
6735 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
6736 question.
6737
6738 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
6739 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
6740 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
6741
6742 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
6743 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
6744 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
6745 command line to trigger resume.
6746
6747 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
6748 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
6749 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
6750 Desktop=systemd-console.
6751
6752 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
6753 systemd-networkd.
6754
6755 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
6756 from the information provided by the networking stack
6757 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
6758
6759 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
6760 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
6761
6762 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
6763 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
6764 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
6765
6766 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
6767
6768 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
6769 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
6770 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
6771 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
6772 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
6773 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
6774
6775 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
6776 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
6777 respected.
6778
6779 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
6780 virtualization.
6781
6782 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
6783 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
6784 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
6785 on.
6786
6787 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
6788
6789 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
6790
6791 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
6792 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
6793 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
6794 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
6795 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
6796 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
6797 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
6798
6799 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
6800 available for service units, that allows locking all service
6801 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
6802 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
6803 from the service's view entirely.
6804
6805 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
6806 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
6807
6808 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
6809 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
6810 session.
6811
6812 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
6813 legacy-free systems.
6814
6815 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
6816 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
6817 easily.
6818
6819 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
6820 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
6821 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
6822 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
6823 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
6824 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
6825 option.
6826
6827 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
6828 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
6829 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
6830 /usr.
6831
6832 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
6833 services, not only the main process.
6834
6835 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
6836 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
6837 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
6838 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
6839 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
6840
6841 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
6842 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
6843 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
6844 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
6845 directly from now on, again.
6846
6847 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
6848 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
6849 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
6850 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
6851 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
6852 enabling and disabling.
6853
6854 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
6855 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
6856 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
6857 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
6858 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
6859 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
6860 unnecessary or unlikely.
6861
6862 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
6863 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
6864 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
6865 "annually", "hourly", ...).
6866
6867 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
6868 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
6869 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
6870 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
6871 overwritten at runtime.
6872
6873 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
6874 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
6875 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
6876 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
6877 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
6878 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
6879 segmentation fault.
6880
6881 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
6882 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
6883 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
6884 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
6885 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
6886 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
6887 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
6888 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
6889 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
6890 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6891 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6892 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
6893 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
6894 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
6895 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
6896 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
6897 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
6898 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
6899 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6900 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6901 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
6902 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6903
6904 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
6905
6906 CHANGES WITH 216:
6907
6908 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
6909 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
6910 implementations should add a
6911
6912 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
6913
6914 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
6915 default functionality.
6916
6917 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
6918 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
6919 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
6920 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
6921 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
6922 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
6923 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
6924 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
6925 files might need to be owned by them. A new
6926 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
6927 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
6928 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
6929 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
6930
6931 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
6932 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
6933 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
6934 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
6935 added eventually, too.
6936
6937 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
6938 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
6939 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
6940 new command to update these fields.
6941
6942 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
6943 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
6944 have been discovered via DHCP.
6945
6946 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
6947 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
6948 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
6949 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
6950 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
6951 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
6952 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
6953 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
6954 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
6955 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
6956 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
6957 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
6958 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
6959 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
6960 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
6961 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
6962 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
6963 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
6964 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
6965 implementation to systemd-resolved.
6966
6967 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
6968 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
6969 containers to their respective IP addresses.
6970
6971 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
6972 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
6973 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
6974 and present it to the user in a very friendly
6975 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
6976 control utility for networkd.
6977
6978 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
6979 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
6980 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
6981 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
6982 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
6983 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
6984 (NoDelay=).
6985
6986 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
6987 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
6988
6989 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
6990 be started only after time-sync.target has been
6991 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
6992 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
6993 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
6994 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
6995
6996 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
6997 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
6998 of the link.
6999
7000 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
7001 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
7002
7003 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
7004 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
7005
7006 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
7007 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
7008 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
7009 for DHCP.
7010
7011 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
7012 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
7013 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
7014 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
7015 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
7016 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
7017 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
7018 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
7019
7020 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
7021 validation of unit files.
7022
7023 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
7024 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
7025 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
7026 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
7027 address may now be configured.
7028
7029 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
7030 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
7031 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
7032 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
7033
7034 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
7035 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
7036
7037 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
7038 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
7039 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
7040 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
7041
7042 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
7043 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
7044 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
7045 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
7046 implementation.
7047
7048 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
7049 journal data to a remote system running
7050 systemd-journal-remote.
7051
7052 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
7053 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
7054 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
7055 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
7056 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
7057 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
7058 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
7059 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
7060 version, you have to turn this option on again
7061 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
7062
7063 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
7064 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
7065 better than XZ which was the previous default.
7066
7067 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
7068 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
7069
7070 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
7071 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
7072
7073 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
7074 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
7075 "systemctl status" output for a service.
7076
7077 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
7078 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
7079 hostname, root password) interactively on first
7080 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
7081 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
7082
7083 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
7084
7085 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
7086
7087 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
7088 when primary addresses are removed.
7089
7090 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
7091 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
7092 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
7093 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
7094 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
7095 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
7096 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7097 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7098 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
7099 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
7100 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
7101 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
7102 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
7103 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
7104 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7105
7106 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
7107
7108 CHANGES WITH 215:
7109
7110 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
7111 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
7112 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
7113 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
7114 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
7115 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
7116 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
7117 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
7118 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
7119 require.
7120
7121 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
7122 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
7123
7124 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
7125 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
7126 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
7127 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
7128 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
7129 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
7130 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
7131
7132 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
7133 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
7134 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
7135 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
7136 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
7137 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
7138 update or reset should use this condition and order
7139 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
7140 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
7141 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
7142 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
7143 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
7144 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
7145 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
7146 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
7147 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
7148
7149 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
7150
7151 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
7152 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
7153 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
7154 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
7155
7156 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
7157 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
7158 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
7159 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
7160 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
7161 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
7162 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
7163 .network files using settings of this section should be
7164 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
7165 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
7166
7167 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
7168 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
7169
7170 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
7171 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
7172 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
7173 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
7174 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
7175 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
7176 of nspawn instances.
7177
7178 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
7179 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
7180 added.
7181
7182 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
7183 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
7184 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
7185 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
7186 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
7187 configuration stored in /etc.
7188
7189 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
7190 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
7191 parsing of unknown mount options.
7192
7193 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
7194 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
7195 it already exist and not already be the correct
7196 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
7197 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
7198 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
7199 pre-existing files of different types.
7200
7201 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
7202 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
7203 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
7204 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
7205 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
7206 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
7207 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
7208
7209 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
7210 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
7211 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
7212 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
7213 shall be executed.
7214
7215 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
7216 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
7217 example whether it is fully up and running.
7218
7219 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
7220 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
7221 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
7222 reset.
7223
7224 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
7225 most basic services systemd ships by default.
7226
7227 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
7228 field for defining the default instance to create if a
7229 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
7230
7231 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
7232 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
7233 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
7234
7235 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
7236 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
7237 access to this group.
7238
7239 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
7240 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
7241 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
7242 to the journal.
7243
7244 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
7245 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
7246 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
7247 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
7248 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
7249 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
7250
7251 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
7252 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
7253 that makes sure to only show information about the most
7254 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
7255 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
7256 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
7257 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
7258 the old name to the new name.
7259
7260 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
7261 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
7262 coredumpctl without restrictions.
7263
7264 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
7265 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
7266 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
7267 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
7268 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
7269 "systemd-debug-generator".
7270
7271 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
7272 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
7273 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
7274 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
7275 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
7276 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
7277 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
7278 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
7279 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
7280 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
7281 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
7282
7283 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
7284 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
7285 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
7286 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
7287 been added to query many of these paths for the local
7288 machine and user.
7289
7290 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
7291 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
7292 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
7293 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
7294 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
7295
7296 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
7297 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
7298 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
7299 couple of drop-in directories.
7300
7301 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
7302 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
7303 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
7304 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
7305 for dev_port.
7306
7307 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
7308 container (read from /etc/os-release and
7309 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
7310 "machinectl status" for a machine.
7311
7312 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
7313 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
7314 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
7315 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
7316 Restart= setting.
7317
7318 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
7319 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
7320 directly connect to a specific container on the
7321 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
7322 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
7323 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
7324 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
7325 containers is a privileged operation.
7326
7327 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
7328 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
7329 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
7330 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
7331 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7332 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
7333 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
7334 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
7335 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
7336 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
7337 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
7338 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7339
7340 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
7341
7342 CHANGES WITH 214:
7343
7344 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
7345 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
7346 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
7347 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
7348 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
7349 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
7350 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
7351 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
7352 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
7353 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
7354 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
7355 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
7356 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
7357 devices are excluded from this logic.
7358
7359 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
7360 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
7361 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
7362 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
7363 change has been released.
7364
7365 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
7366 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
7367 libattr is thus unnecessary.
7368
7369 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
7370 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
7371 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
7372 with fewer privileges.
7373
7374 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
7375 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
7376 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
7377 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
7378
7379 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
7380 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
7381
7382 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
7383 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
7384
7385 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
7386 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
7387 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
7388
7389 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
7390 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
7391 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
7392 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
7393 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
7394 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
7395
7396 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
7397 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
7398 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
7399
7400 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
7401 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
7402 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
7403 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
7404 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
7405 modifications of user data or system files from
7406 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
7407 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
7408
7409 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
7410 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
7411 and FIFOs in the file system.
7412
7413 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
7414 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
7415 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
7416
7417 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
7418 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
7419 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
7420 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
7421 the socket itself.
7422
7423 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
7424 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
7425 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
7426 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
7427 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
7428 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
7429 symlinks, and nothing else.
7430
7431 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
7432 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
7433 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
7434 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
7435 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
7436 process (for example, the parent process). The
7437 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
7438 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
7439 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
7440 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
7441 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
7442 messages to services when the originating process already
7443 vanished.
7444
7445 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
7446 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
7447 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
7448 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
7449 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
7450 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
7451 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
7452 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
7453 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
7454 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
7455 all long-running services.
7456
7457 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
7458 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
7459 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
7460 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
7461 service.
7462
7463 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
7464 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
7465 applied to all submounts, too.
7466
7467 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
7468
7469 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
7470 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
7471 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
7472 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
7473 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
7474 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
7475 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
7476
7477 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
7478 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
7479 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
7480 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
7481 (domU) domains.
7482
7483 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
7484 files or entire directories.
7485
7486 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
7487 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
7488 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
7489 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
7490 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
7491
7492 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
7493 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
7494 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
7495 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
7496 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
7497 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
7498 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
7499 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
7500 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
7501 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
7502 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
7503 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
7504
7505 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
7506 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
7507 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
7508 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
7509
7510 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
7511 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
7512 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
7513 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
7514 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
7515 non-directories.
7516
7517 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
7518 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
7519 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
7520
7521 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
7522 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
7523 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
7524 this group.
7525
7526 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
7527 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
7528 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
7529 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
7530 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7531 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
7532 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7533
7534 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
7535
7536 CHANGES WITH 213:
7537
7538 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
7539 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
7540 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
7541 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
7542 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
7543 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
7544 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
7545 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
7546 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
7547 client should be more than appropriate for most
7548 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
7549 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
7550 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
7551 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
7552 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
7553 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
7554 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
7555 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
7556 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
7557 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
7558 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
7559
7560 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
7561 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
7562 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
7563 part of a different namespace.
7564
7565 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
7566 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
7567 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
7568 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
7569
7570 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
7571 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
7572 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
7573
7574 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
7575 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
7576 when a service fails. This works similarly to
7577 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
7578 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
7579 restart the service in question.
7580
7581 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
7582 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
7583 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
7584 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
7585 details when running non-locally.
7586
7587 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
7588 graphs it generates.
7589
7590 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
7591 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
7592 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
7593 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
7594 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
7595
7596 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
7597
7598 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
7599 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
7600 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
7601 what it was on SysV systems.
7602
7603 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
7604 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
7605
7606 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
7607 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
7608 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
7609
7610 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
7611 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
7612 to show these addresses in its output.
7613
7614 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
7615 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
7616 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
7617 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
7618 preferred over a text one.
7619
7620 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
7621 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
7622 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
7623 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
7624 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
7625 mDNS cache.
7626
7627 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
7628 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
7629 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
7630 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
7631 of network configuration performed in some other way.
7632
7633 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
7634 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
7635 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
7636 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
7637 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
7638
7639 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
7640 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
7641 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
7642 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
7643 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
7644 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
7645 overrides any other settings.
7646
7647 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
7648 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7649 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
7650 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
7651 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
7652 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
7653 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
7654 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
7655 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7656 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7657 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
7658 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
7659 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
7660 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
7661 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
7662 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
7663 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7664
7665 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
7666
7667 CHANGES WITH 212:
7668
7669 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
7670 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
7671 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
7672 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
7673 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
7674 by accident.
7675
7676 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
7677 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
7678 registered with machined.
7679
7680 * sd-login gained new calls
7681 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
7682 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
7683 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
7684 counterparts.
7685
7686 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
7687 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
7688 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
7689 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
7690 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
7691 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
7692 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
7693 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
7694 once.
7695
7696 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
7697 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
7698 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
7699
7700 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
7701 units on all local containers, when used with the
7702 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
7703 executed when no parameters are specified).
7704
7705 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
7706 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
7707 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
7708 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
7709
7710 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
7711 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
7712 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
7713 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
7714 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
7715 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
7716
7717 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
7718 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
7719 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
7720 of the container.
7721
7722 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
7723 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
7724 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
7725 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
7726 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
7727 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
7728 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
7729 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
7730
7731 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
7732 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
7733 instead of /.
7734
7735 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
7736 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
7737 emergency messages now.
7738
7739 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
7740 journal log messages across the network.
7741
7742 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
7743 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
7744 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
7745 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
7746 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
7747 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
7748 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
7749
7750 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
7751 down a local OS container.
7752
7753 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
7754 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
7755 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
7756
7757 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
7758 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
7759 this is appropriate.
7760
7761 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
7762 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
7763 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
7764
7765 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
7766 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
7767 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
7768 for debugging purposes.
7769
7770 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
7771 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
7772 in seconds.
7773
7774 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
7775 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
7776 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
7777 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
7778 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
7779 like on traditional inetd.
7780
7781 * A new system.conf configuration option
7782 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
7783 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
7784
7785 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
7786 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
7787 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
7788 do these days).
7789
7790 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
7791 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
7792 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
7793 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
7794 could not take place because the system was powered off.
7795 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
7796
7797 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
7798 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
7799 it will be triggered.
7800
7801 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
7802 addresses to its local interfaces.
7803
7804 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
7805 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
7806 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
7807 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
7808 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
7809 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
7810 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
7811 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
7812 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7813
7814 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
7815
7816 CHANGES WITH 211:
7817
7818 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
7819 added to restrict which socket address families unit
7820 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
7821 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
7822 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
7823 is built on seccomp system call filters.
7824
7825 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
7826 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
7827 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
7828 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
7829 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
7830 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
7831 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
7832 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
7833 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
7834
7835 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
7836 matching against device group names.
7837
7838 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
7839 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
7840 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
7841 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
7842 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
7843 though.
7844
7845 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
7846 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
7847 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
7848 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
7849 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
7850 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
7851 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
7852 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
7853 systems prepared appropriately.
7854
7855 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
7856 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
7857 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
7858 (see above). This means that installations made with
7859 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
7860 deployed using container managers, completely
7861 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
7862 this feature soon, too.)
7863
7864 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
7865 set up a private macvlan interface for the
7866 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
7867 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
7868
7869 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
7870 using IPv4LL.
7871
7872 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
7873 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
7874 systemd-networkd.
7875
7876 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
7877 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
7878 still not a public API though (unless you specify
7879 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
7880 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
7881
7882 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
7883 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
7884 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
7885 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
7886 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
7887 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
7888 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
7889 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
7890 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
7891 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
7892 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
7893 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
7894 users.
7895
7896 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
7897 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
7898 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
7899 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
7900 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
7901 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
7902 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
7903 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
7904 due to a closed lid.
7905
7906 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
7907 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
7908 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
7909 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
7910 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
7911 order to then act as suspend blocker.
7912
7913 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
7914 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
7915 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
7916 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
7917 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
7918
7919 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
7920 now also work in --scope mode.
7921
7922 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
7923 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
7924 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
7925 promises are made.)
7926
7927 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
7928 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
7929 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
7930 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7931 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
7932 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
7933 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
7934 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
7935 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
7936 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7937
7938 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
7939
7940 CHANGES WITH 210:
7941
7942 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
7943 according to SMACK rules.
7944
7945 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
7946 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
7947
7948 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
7949 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
7950 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
7951
7952 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
7953 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
7954 and machine ID.
7955
7956 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
7957 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
7958 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
7959 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
7960 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
7961 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
7962 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
7963 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
7964 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
7965 backpack or similar.
7966
7967 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
7968 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
7969 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
7970 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
7971 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
7972 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
7973 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
7974 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
7975 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
7976 this on its own.
7977
7978 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
7979 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
7980 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
7981 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
7982
7983 * We will now ship a default .network file for
7984 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
7985 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
7986 --network-bridge= switches.
7987
7988 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
7989 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
7990 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
7991 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
7992 metrics, according to what is customary according to
7993 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
7994 each configuration option.
7995
7996 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
7997 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
7998 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
7999 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
8000 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
8001
8002 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
8003 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
8004 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
8005 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
8006 triggered by other work being done in the program.
8007
8008 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
8009 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
8010 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
8011 default however.
8012
8013 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
8014 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
8015 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
8016 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
8017 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
8018 them with systemd-networkd.
8019
8020 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
8021 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
8022 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
8023 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
8024 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
8025 is drastically increased, but given that these are
8026 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
8027 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
8028 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
8029 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
8030 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
8031 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
8032 during a transitional period!
8033
8034 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
8035 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
8036
8037 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
8038 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8039 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
8040 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
8041 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8042 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8043 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8044 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8045
8046 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
8047
8048 CHANGES WITH 209:
8049
8050 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
8051 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8052 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
8053 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
8054 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8055 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
8056 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
8057 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
8058 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
8059 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
8060 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
8061 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
8062
8063 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
8064 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
8065 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
8066 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
8067 machines and the like.
8068
8069 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
8070 shutdown/boot.
8071
8072 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
8073 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
8074
8075 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
8076 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
8077 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
8078 prepared for additional security frameworks.
8079
8080 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
8081 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8082 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
8083 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8084 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
8085 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
8086
8087 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
8088 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
8089 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
8090 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
8091 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
8092 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
8093 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
8094 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
8095 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
8096
8097 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
8098 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
8099
8100 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
8101 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
8102 implementation.
8103
8104 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
8105 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
8106 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
8107 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
8108 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
8109 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
8110 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
8111 and .service units.
8112
8113 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
8114 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
8115 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
8116
8117 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
8118 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
8119 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
8120 nothing makes use of it.
8121
8122 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
8123 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
8124 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
8125
8126 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
8127 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
8128 compatibility purposes.
8129
8130 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
8131 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
8132 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
8133 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
8134 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
8135 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
8136 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
8137 process handling.
8138
8139 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
8140 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
8141 style to "sd-bus.h".
8142
8143 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
8144 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
8145 "systemd-networkd".
8146
8147 * There is a new kernel command line option
8148 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
8149 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
8150 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
8151 are not restored.
8152
8153 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
8154 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
8155 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
8156 PID1's support for that anymore.
8157
8158 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
8159 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
8160
8161 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
8162 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
8163 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
8164 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
8165 container that is registered with machined, such as those
8166 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
8167
8168 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
8169 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8170 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
8171 onto remote systems.
8172
8173 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
8174 login in any local container. This works with any container
8175 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8176 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
8177
8178 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
8179 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
8180 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
8181 system of some kind.
8182
8183 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
8184 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
8185 next.
8186
8187 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
8188 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
8189 reboot() system call.
8190
8191 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
8192 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8193 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
8194 still available but not advertised anymore.
8195
8196 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
8197 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
8198 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
8199 within each Unit.
8200
8201 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
8202 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8203 the kernel).
8204
8205 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
8206 timestamps (following the setting in
8207 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
8208
8209 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
8210 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
8211
8212 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
8213 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
8214
8215 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
8216 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
8217 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
8218
8219 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
8220 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
8221 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
8222 the full configuration is shown.
8223
8224 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
8225 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
8226 those commands which take multiple unit names.
8227
8228 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
8229
8230 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
8231 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
8232
8233 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
8234 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
8235 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
8236 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
8237
8238 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
8239 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
8240 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
8241 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
8242
8243 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
8244 of the legend text.
8245
8246 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
8247 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
8248 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
8249 remote sessions.
8250
8251 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
8252 information of SDIO devices.
8253
8254 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
8255 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
8256 the system manager.
8257
8258 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
8259 short description of the connection parameters in the
8260 description.
8261
8262 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
8263 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
8264 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
8265 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
8266 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
8267 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
8268 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
8269
8270 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
8271 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
8272 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
8273 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
8274 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
8275 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
8276 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8277 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
8278 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
8279
8280 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
8281 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
8282 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
8283 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8284 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
8285 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
8286 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
8287 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
8288 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
8289 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
8290 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
8291 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
8292 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
8293 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
8294 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
8295 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
8296 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
8297 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
8298 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8299 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
8300 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
8301 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
8302 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
8303
8304 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
8305 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8306 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
8307 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
8308 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
8309 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
8310 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
8311 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
8312 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
8313 that you are aware of the instability of the current
8314 APIs.
8315
8316 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
8317 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8318 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
8319 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
8320 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
8321 declare the APIs stable.
8322
8323 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
8324 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8325 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
8326 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8327 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
8328 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
8329 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
8330 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
8331 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
8332 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
8333 one of them is updated.
8334
8335 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
8336 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
8337 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
8338 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
8339 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
8340
8341 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
8342 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
8343 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
8344 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8345 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
8346 entry points.
8347
8348 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
8349 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
8350 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
8351 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8352 been disabled at compile-time.
8353
8354 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
8355 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
8356 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
8357 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
8358
8359 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
8360 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
8361 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
8362
8363 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
8364 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
8365 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
8366
8367 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
8368 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8369 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
8370
8371 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
8372 remains until jobs expire.
8373
8374 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8375 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
8376 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8377 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
8378 all remaining processes of the service.
8379
8380 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
8381 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
8382 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
8383 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
8384 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8385 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
8386 manager process which created them takes no further
8387 responsibilities for it.
8388
8389 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
8390 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
8391 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
8392 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
8393 marked executable or world-writable.
8394
8395 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8396 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
8397 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
8398 "--setenv=" for consistency.
8399
8400 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
8401 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
8402 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8403 independent of the host.
8404
8405 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
8406 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
8407 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
8408 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
8409
8410 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
8411 with specific SELinux labels set.
8412
8413 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
8414 any additional output but the container's own console
8415 output.
8416
8417 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
8418 container without PID namespacing enabled.
8419
8420 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
8421 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8422 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
8423 OS images, but only specific apps.
8424
8425 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8426 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
8427 results in registration of the unit service itself in
8428 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
8429
8430 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
8431 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
8432 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8433 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
8434 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
8435 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
8436
8437 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
8438 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
8439 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
8440 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
8441 units to use.
8442
8443 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
8444 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
8445 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
8446 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
8447
8448 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
8449 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
8450 context for a service.
8451
8452 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
8453 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8454 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
8455 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
8456 influence this logic.
8457
8458 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
8459 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
8460 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
8461 other things.
8462
8463 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8464 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
8465 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
8466 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
8467 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
8468 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
8469 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
8470 architectures). There is also a global
8471 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
8472 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
8473
8474 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
8475 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
8476
8477 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
8478 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
8479 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
8480 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
8481 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
8482 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
8483 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
8484 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
8485 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8486 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
8487 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
8488 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8489 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8490 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
8491 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8492 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
8493 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
8494 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
8495 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
8496 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
8497 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8498 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
8499 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
8500 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8501
8502 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
8503
8504 CHANGES WITH 208:
8505
8506 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
8507 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
8508 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
8509 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
8510 access input and drm devices which are normally
8511 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
8512 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
8513 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
8514 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
8515 session switching without allowing background sessions to
8516 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
8517 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
8518 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
8519
8520 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
8521 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
8522 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
8523
8524 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
8525 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
8526 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
8527 kernel version number.
8528
8529 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
8530 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
8531 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
8532
8533 * This release removes high-level support for the
8534 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
8535 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
8536 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
8537 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
8538
8539 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
8540 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
8541 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
8542 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
8543 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
8544 cgroup system.
8545
8546 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
8547 messages containing the slice a message was generated
8548 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
8549 logs among other things.
8550
8551 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
8552 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
8553 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
8554 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
8555 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
8556 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
8557 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
8558 journald which would be necessary to resolve
8559 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
8560 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
8561 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
8562 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
8563 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
8564 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
8565 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
8566 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
8567 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
8568 not delayed until next reboot.
8569
8570 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
8571 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
8572 systemd generated files in one directory.
8573
8574 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
8575 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
8576 performance information if that's available to determine how
8577 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
8578 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
8579 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
8580
8581 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
8582 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
8583 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
8584 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8585 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
8586 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
8587 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8588
8589 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
8590
8591 CHANGES WITH 207:
8592
8593 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
8594 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
8595 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
8596 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
8597
8598 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
8599 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
8600 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
8601 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
8602 specified on the kernel command line less important.
8603
8604 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
8605 retrieve the VT number of a session.
8606
8607 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
8608 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
8609 maximum number of tries.
8610
8611 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
8612 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
8613 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
8614
8615 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
8616 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
8617
8618 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
8619 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
8620 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
8621
8622 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
8623 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
8624 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
8625
8626 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
8627 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
8628 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
8629 and type).
8630
8631 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
8632 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
8633
8634 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
8635 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
8636 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
8637 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
8638
8639 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
8640 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
8641 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
8642 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
8643 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
8644 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
8645 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
8646 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
8647
8648 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
8649 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
8650 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
8651 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
8652
8653 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
8654 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
8655 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
8656 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
8657 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
8658 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
8659 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
8660
8661 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
8662 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
8663
8664 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
8665 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
8666 automatically after the process terminated.
8667
8668 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
8669 certain paths from operation.
8670
8671 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
8672 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
8673 is received.
8674
8675 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
8676 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
8677 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
8678 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
8679 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
8680 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
8681 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8682 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
8683 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
8684 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
8685 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8686 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
8687 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8688
8689 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
8690
8691 CHANGES WITH 206:
8692
8693 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
8694 concepts introduced with 205.
8695
8696 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
8697 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
8698 -r".
8699
8700 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
8701 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
8702 --state= parameter.
8703
8704 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
8705 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
8706 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
8707 the journal.
8708
8709 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
8710 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
8711 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
8712
8713 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
8714 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
8715 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
8716 browsing logs from that point on.
8717
8718 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
8719 of an FSS key.
8720
8721 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
8722 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
8723 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
8724 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
8725 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
8726 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
8727 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
8728 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
8729 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
8730 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
8731 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
8732 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
8733 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
8734 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
8735
8736 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
8737 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
8738 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
8739 backing module right-away.
8740
8741 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
8742 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
8743
8744 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
8745 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
8746
8747 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
8748 set of processes in the message metadata.
8749
8750 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
8751
8752 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
8753 support for passing performance data via environment
8754 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
8755 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
8756 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
8757 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
8758 deserialize it again.
8759
8760 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
8761 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
8762 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
8763 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
8764
8765 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
8766 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
8767 completely silent shutdown when used.
8768
8769 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
8770 option in .socket units.
8771
8772 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
8773 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
8774 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
8775 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
8776 system.slice as before.
8777
8778 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
8779
8780 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
8781 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
8782 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8783 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
8784 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
8785 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
8786 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8787
8788 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
8789
8790 CHANGES WITH 205:
8791
8792 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
8793
8794 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
8795 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
8796 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
8797 possible for system services and applications to group their
8798 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
8799 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
8800 together, or apply resource limits on them.
8801
8802 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
8803 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
8804 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
8805 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
8806 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
8807
8808 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
8809 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
8810 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
8811 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
8812
8813 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
8814 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
8815 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
8816 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
8817 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
8818 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
8819 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
8820 and useful as a general batch manager.
8821
8822 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
8823 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
8824 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
8825 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
8826 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
8827 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
8828 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
8829 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
8830 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
8831 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
8832
8833 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
8834 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
8835 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
8836 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
8837 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
8838 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
8839 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
8840 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
8841 is compile-time optional.
8842
8843 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
8844 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
8845 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
8846 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
8847 well as slice units.
8848
8849 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
8850 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
8851 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
8852 but will be extended later on to make more properties
8853 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
8854 command that wraps this call.
8855
8856 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
8857 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
8858 while configuring a number of settings via the command
8859 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
8860 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
8861 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
8862 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
8863
8864 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
8865 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
8866 off audit.
8867
8868 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
8869 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
8870
8871 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
8872 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
8873 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
8874 and system logs.
8875
8876 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
8877 snippets extending unit files.
8878
8879 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
8880 not available as public API.
8881
8882 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
8883 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
8884 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
8885
8886 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
8887 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
8888 controls what to boot into by default.
8889
8890 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
8891 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
8892
8893 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
8894 generators needed for execution, as well as information
8895 about the unit file loading.
8896
8897 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
8898 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
8899 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
8900 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
8901 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
8902 racy due to journal file rotation.
8903
8904 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
8905 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
8906 all services.
8907
8908 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
8909 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
8910 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
8911 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
8912 system services want to log events about specific client
8913 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
8914 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
8915 unit is requested.
8916
8917 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
8918 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
8919 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
8920 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
8921 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
8922 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8923 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
8924 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
8925 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
8926 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
8927 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
8928 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
8929 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
8930
8931 CHANGES WITH 204:
8932
8933 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
8934 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
8935
8936 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
8937 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
8938 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
8939
8940 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
8941 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8942
8943 CHANGES WITH 203:
8944
8945 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
8946 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
8947
8948 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
8949 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
8950 fields, including the root directory.
8951
8952 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
8953 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
8954 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
8955 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
8956 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
8957 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
8958 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
8959 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
8960 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
8961 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
8962 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
8963
8964 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
8965 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
8966
8967 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
8968 have taken an inhibitor lock.
8969
8970 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
8971 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
8972 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
8973 the local hostname.
8974
8975 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
8976 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
8977 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
8978 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
8979 VMs/containers coming and going.
8980
8981 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
8982 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
8983 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
8984
8985 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
8986 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
8987 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
8988 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
8989
8990 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
8991 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
8992 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
8993
8994 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
8995 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
8996 services. With the container's root directory in
8997 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
8998 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
8999
9000 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
9001 the processes within a certain container.
9002
9003 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
9004 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
9005 check though. Patches welcome!
9006
9007 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
9008 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
9009 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
9010 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
9011 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
9012
9013 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
9014 the passed argument if applicable.
9015
9016 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9017 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9018 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
9019 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9020 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
9021 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
9022 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9023 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9024
9025 CHANGES WITH 202:
9026
9027 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
9028 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
9029 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
9030 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
9031 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
9032 units activate.
9033
9034 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
9035 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
9036 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
9037 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
9038 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
9039 for now, and not installable.
9040
9041 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
9042 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
9043 can run in conjunction with udev.
9044
9045 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
9046 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
9047 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
9048 session manager.
9049
9050 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
9051 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
9052 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
9053 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
9054 services, user processes and containers/virtual
9055 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
9056 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
9057 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
9058 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
9059 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
9060 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
9061
9062 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
9063
9064 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
9065 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
9066 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
9067 logical expressions.
9068
9069 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
9070 switches.
9071
9072 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
9073 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
9074 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
9075 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
9076 the user.
9077
9078 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
9079 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
9080 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
9081 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
9082 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
9083 an entry.
9084
9085 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
9086 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9087 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
9088 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9089 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
9090 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9091
9092 CHANGES WITH 201:
9093
9094 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
9095 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
9096 directory.
9097
9098 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
9099 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
9100 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
9101 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
9102 problem.
9103
9104 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
9105 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
9106 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
9107 before the key file is attempted to be read.
9108
9109 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
9110 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
9111
9112 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
9113 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
9114 files in this context are files such as
9115 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
9116
9117 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
9118 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
9119 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
9120 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
9121 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
9122 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
9123
9124 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
9125 hostnames.
9126
9127 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
9128 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
9129 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
9130 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
9131 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
9132 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
9133 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
9134 all time-related output of systemd.
9135
9136 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
9137 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
9138 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
9139 loops.
9140
9141 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
9142 (models, layouts, variants, options).
9143
9144 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
9145 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
9146 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
9147 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
9148 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
9149
9150 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
9151 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
9152 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
9153 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
9154 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
9155 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
9156 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
9157
9158 CHANGES WITH 200:
9159
9160 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
9161 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
9162 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
9163 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
9164 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
9165 middle ground between physical and access time order.
9166
9167 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
9168 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
9169 images.
9170
9171 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
9172 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
9173 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9174
9175 CHANGES WITH 199:
9176
9177 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
9178
9179 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
9180 security policy.
9181
9182 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
9183 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
9184 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
9185 shared by all processes of a service (which means
9186 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
9187 the same service can still access). When a service is
9188 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
9189 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
9190 this though).
9191
9192 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
9193 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
9194 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
9195 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
9196 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
9197 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
9198
9199 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
9200 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
9201
9202 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
9203 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
9204
9205 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
9206
9207 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
9208 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
9209 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
9210 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
9211 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
9212
9213 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
9214 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
9215 system is to be mounted.
9216
9217 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
9218 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
9219 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
9220 purpose for socket units.
9221
9222 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
9223 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
9224
9225 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
9226 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
9227 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
9228 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
9229 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
9230
9231 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
9232 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
9233 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9234 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9235 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
9236 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
9237 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9238 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9239 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9240
9241 CHANGES WITH 198:
9242
9243 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
9244 files without having to edit/override the unit files
9245 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
9246 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
9247 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
9248 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
9249 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
9250 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
9251 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
9252 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
9253 unit files locally: copying the files from
9254 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
9255 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
9256 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
9257 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
9258 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
9259 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
9260 for them too.
9261
9262 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
9263 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
9264 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
9265 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
9266 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
9267 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
9268 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
9269 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
9270 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
9271
9272 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
9273 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
9274
9275 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
9276 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
9277 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
9278 other users.
9279
9280 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
9281 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
9282 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
9283 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
9284 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
9285 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
9286 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
9287 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
9288 management logic is also available to other programs via the
9289 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
9290 supported.
9291
9292 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
9293 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
9294 the foreground VT.
9295
9296 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
9297 call.
9298
9299 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
9300 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
9301 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
9302 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
9303 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
9304 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
9305 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
9306 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
9307 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
9308 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
9309 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
9310 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
9311 also been removed.
9312
9313 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
9314 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
9315 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
9316 objects themselves.
9317
9318 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
9319
9320 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
9321 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
9322 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
9323 to how this is supported in shells.
9324
9325 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
9326 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
9327 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
9328 user systemd instance.
9329
9330 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
9331 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
9332 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
9333 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
9334 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
9335 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
9336 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
9337 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
9338 one day for good in the kernel.
9339
9340 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
9341 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
9342 container.
9343
9344 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
9345 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
9346 the host into the container.
9347
9348 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
9349 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
9350 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
9351 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
9352 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
9353 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
9354
9355 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
9356
9357 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
9358 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
9359 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
9360 configured to be mounted there.
9361
9362 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
9363 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
9364 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
9365 system resume events.
9366
9367 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
9368 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
9369 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
9370 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
9371
9372 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
9373 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
9374 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
9375 card).
9376
9377 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
9378 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
9379 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
9380
9381 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
9382 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
9383 later "change" event.
9384
9385 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
9386 now carry a message ID.
9387
9388 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
9389 continues to be work in progress.
9390
9391 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
9392 root directory to operate relative to.
9393
9394 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
9395 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
9396 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
9397 times a little.
9398
9399 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
9400 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
9401 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
9402 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
9403 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
9404 request boot into firmware operations.
9405
9406 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
9407 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
9408 correctly in initrds.
9409
9410 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
9411 compile time optional via a configure switch.
9412
9413 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
9414 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
9415
9416 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
9417 the status of all active or failed units.
9418
9419 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
9420 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
9421 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
9422 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
9423 requests more robust.
9424
9425 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
9426 reading journal files.
9427
9428 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
9429 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
9430
9431 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
9432
9433 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
9434 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
9435
9436 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
9437 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
9438 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
9439 socket activation in daemons.
9440
9441 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
9442 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
9443
9444 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
9445 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
9446 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
9447
9448 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
9449 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
9450 system units.
9451
9452 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
9453 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
9454 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
9455
9456 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
9457 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
9458 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
9459 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
9460 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
9461 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
9462 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
9463 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
9464 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
9465 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
9466 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
9467 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
9468 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
9469 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
9470 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
9471 package installation time.
9472
9473 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
9474 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
9475 scripts need to create these system user/group at
9476 installation time.
9477
9478 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
9479 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
9480
9481 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
9482
9483 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
9484 available.
9485
9486 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
9487 load SMACK policies at early boot.
9488
9489 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
9490 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
9491 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
9492 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
9493 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9494 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
9495 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
9496 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
9497 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
9498 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
9499 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
9500 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9501 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
9502 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
9503
9504 CHANGES WITH 197:
9505
9506 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
9507 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
9508 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
9509 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
9510 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
9511 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
9512 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
9513 the supported calendar time specification language see
9514 systemd.time(7).
9515
9516 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
9517 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
9518 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
9519 document for details:
9520
9521 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
9522
9523 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
9524 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
9525 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
9526 implementations around and minimal in its code and
9527 dependencies.
9528
9529 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
9530 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
9531 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
9532 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
9533 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
9534 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
9535 with a configure switch.
9536
9537 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
9538 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
9539 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
9540 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
9541 such as ext4.
9542
9543 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
9544 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
9545 identities are attached to the devices as well.
9546
9547 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
9548 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
9549
9550 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
9551 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
9552 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
9553 using only core OS tools.
9554
9555 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
9556 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
9557 implementation of socket activated nspawn
9558 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
9559 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
9560 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
9561 eventually.
9562
9563 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
9564 presenting log data.
9565
9566 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
9567 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
9568
9569 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
9570 system on idle.
9571
9572 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
9573 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
9574 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
9575 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
9576 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
9577 information if possible.
9578
9579 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
9580 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
9581 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
9582
9583 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
9584 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
9585 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
9586 is running on battery power.
9587
9588 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
9589 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
9590 is in the "failed" state.
9591
9592 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
9593 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
9594 environment files at once.
9595
9596 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
9597 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
9598 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
9599 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
9600 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
9601 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
9602 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
9603 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
9604 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
9605 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
9606 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
9607 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
9608 pieces of code locally from the git history.
9609
9610 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
9611 log the unit name in the message meta data.
9612
9613 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
9614 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
9615
9616 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
9617 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
9618 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
9619 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
9620 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
9621 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
9622 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
9623 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
9624 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
9625 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
9626 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
9627 shipped from us upstream.
9628
9629 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
9630 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
9631 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
9632 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
9633 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9634 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
9635 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
9636 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
9637 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
9638 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
9639 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
9640 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
9641 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9642
9643 CHANGES WITH 196:
9644
9645 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
9646 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
9647 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
9648 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
9649 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
9650 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
9651 becoming the one central database for non-essential
9652 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
9653 database was only attached to select devices, since the
9654 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
9655 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
9656 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
9657 data for all devices where this is available, by
9658 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
9659 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
9660 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
9661 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
9662 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
9663 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
9664
9665 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
9666 indexed database to link up additional information with
9667 journal entries. For further details please check:
9668
9669 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
9670
9671 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
9672 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
9673 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
9674 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
9675 macro for this purpose.
9676
9677 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
9678 Python logging framework.
9679
9680 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
9681 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
9682 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
9683 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
9684 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
9685 time intervals.
9686
9687 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
9688 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
9689 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
9690
9691 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
9692 right-away on the selected coredump.
9693
9694 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
9695 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
9696 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
9697
9698 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
9699 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
9700 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
9701 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
9702
9703 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
9704 default.
9705
9706 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
9707 SMACK security label.
9708
9709 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
9710 daylight saving change.
9711
9712 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
9713 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
9714 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
9715 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
9716 distributions who still need support this to either continue
9717 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
9718 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
9719
9720 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
9721 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
9722 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
9723 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
9724 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
9725 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
9726 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
9727
9728 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
9729 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
9730
9731 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
9732 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
9733 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
9734 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
9735 offline updating tools.
9736
9737 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
9738 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
9739 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
9740 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
9741 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
9742 directories for packages to place various data files in.
9743
9744 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
9745 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
9746
9747 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
9748 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9749 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
9750 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9751 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
9752 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
9753 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
9754 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
9755 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9756
9757 CHANGES WITH 195:
9758
9759 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
9760 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
9761 units via --unit=/-u.
9762
9763 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
9764 right thing.
9765
9766 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
9767 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
9768 rotation.
9769
9770 * The journal will now index the available field values for
9771 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
9772 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
9773 completion of journalctl has been updated
9774 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
9775 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
9776
9777 * More service events are now written as structured messages
9778 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
9779
9780 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
9781 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
9782 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
9783 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
9784 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
9785 these settings from the command line now, especially since
9786 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
9787 completion.
9788
9789 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
9790 extract coredumps from the journal.
9791
9792 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
9793 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
9794 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
9795 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
9796 scratch their heads.
9797
9798 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
9799 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
9800
9801 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
9802 in immediate termination of systemd.
9803
9804 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
9805 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
9806
9807 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
9808 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
9809 mouse screen support has been added.
9810
9811 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
9812 Server-Sent-Events as output.
9813
9814 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
9815 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
9816 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
9817 "systemctl reload".
9818
9819 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
9820 -u" instead.
9821
9822 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
9823 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
9824 configured.
9825
9826 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
9827 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
9828
9829 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
9830 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
9831 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
9832 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
9833 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
9834 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
9835 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
9836
9837 CHANGES WITH 194:
9838
9839 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
9840 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
9841 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
9842 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
9843 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
9844 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
9845 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
9846 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
9847 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
9848 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
9849 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
9850 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
9851
9852 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
9853 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
9854 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9855
9856 CHANGES WITH 193:
9857
9858 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
9859 starting from the specified location in the journal.
9860
9861 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
9862 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
9863 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
9864
9865 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
9866 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
9867 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
9868 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
9869 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
9870 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
9871 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
9872
9873 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
9874 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
9875
9876 This will download the journal contents in a
9877 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
9878
9879 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
9880
9881 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
9882 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
9883 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
9884 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
9885 screenshot of this app in its current state:
9886
9887 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
9888
9889 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
9890 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
9891
9892 CHANGES WITH 192:
9893
9894 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
9895 too.
9896
9897 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
9898 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
9899 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
9900 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
9901 just start them.
9902
9903 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
9904 and line break accordingly.
9905
9906 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9907 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
9908
9909 CHANGES WITH 191:
9910
9911 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
9912 container environment, copying the host's timezone
9913 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
9914 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
9915 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
9916
9917 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
9918 will default to 10 if omitted.
9919
9920 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
9921 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
9922 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
9923 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
9924 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
9925
9926 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
9927 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
9928 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
9929 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
9930 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
9931 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
9932 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
9933
9934 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
9935 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
9936 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
9937 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
9938 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
9939 into two.
9940
9941 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
9942 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
9943
9944 CHANGES WITH 190:
9945
9946 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
9947 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
9948 "systemctl status".
9949
9950 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
9951 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
9952 system to another place in the same file system could not be
9953 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
9954 field.)
9955
9956 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
9957 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
9958 default.
9959
9960 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
9961 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
9962 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
9963 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
9964 in a container.
9965
9966 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
9967 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
9968 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
9969 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
9970 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
9971 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
9972
9973 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
9974 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
9975 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
9976 no-op.
9977
9978 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
9979 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
9980 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
9981 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
9982 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
9983
9984 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
9985 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
9986
9987 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
9988 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
9989 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
9990 command.
9991
9992 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
9993 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
9994 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
9995
9996 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
9997
9998 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
9999 multiple files at once.
10000
10001 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
10002 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
10003 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
10004 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
10005 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
10006 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
10007 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
10008
10009 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
10010 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
10011 now support specifiers as well.
10012
10013 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
10014 dir: %_presetdir.
10015
10016 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
10017 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
10018
10019 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
10020 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
10021 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
10022 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
10023 anymore.
10024
10025 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
10026 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
10027 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
10028 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
10029
10030 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
10031 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
10032 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
10033
10034 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
10035 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
10036 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
10037 sockets.
10038
10039 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
10040 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
10041 is changed.
10042
10043 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
10044 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
10045 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
10046 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
10047 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
10048 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
10049 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
10050
10051 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
10052
10053 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
10054 the unit file label and client process label into account.
10055
10056 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
10057 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
10058
10059 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
10060 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
10061 (%b).
10062
10063 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
10064 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
10065 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10066 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10067 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
10068 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10069 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10070
10071 CHANGES WITH 189:
10072
10073 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
10074 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
10075
10076 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
10077 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
10078 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
10079 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
10080 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
10081 syslog daemons again.
10082
10083 * The libudev API gained the new
10084 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
10085
10086 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
10087 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
10088 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
10089 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
10090
10091 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
10092 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
10093 container.
10094
10095 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
10096 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
10097 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
10098 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
10099 this explaining it in more detail.
10100
10101 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
10102 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
10103 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
10104 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
10105
10106 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
10107 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
10108 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
10109 journal files.
10110
10111 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
10112 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
10113 as container init process a lot more fun.
10114
10115 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
10116 entries.
10117
10118 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
10119 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
10120 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
10121 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
10122 different sets of services.
10123
10124 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
10125 failure state.
10126
10127 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
10128 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
10129 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10130
10131 CHANGES WITH 188:
10132
10133 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
10134 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
10135 tree a lot more organized.
10136
10137 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
10138 may be used to group services in a natural way.
10139
10140 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
10141 services.
10142
10143 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
10144 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
10145 filtering by log level now.
10146
10147 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
10148 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
10149 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
10150
10151 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
10152 command lines involving service unit names.
10153
10154 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
10155 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
10156
10157 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
10158 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
10159 and encodes structured information about the error number.
10160
10161 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
10162 option.
10163
10164 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
10165 a shutdown is cancelled.
10166
10167 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
10168 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
10169 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
10170 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
10171 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
10172
10173 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
10174 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
10175 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
10176 for display managers instead.
10177
10178 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
10179 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
10180 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
10181 protection, and suchlike.
10182
10183 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
10184 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
10185 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
10186 the service.
10187
10188 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
10189 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
10190 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
10191 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
10192 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
10193 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10194
10195 CHANGES WITH 187:
10196
10197 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
10198 pages.
10199
10200 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
10201 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
10202 data loss.
10203
10204 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
10205 option.
10206
10207 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
10208
10209 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
10210 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
10211
10212 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
10213 specific directory.
10214
10215 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
10216 messages of two different boots.
10217
10218 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
10219 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
10220 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
10221
10222 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
10223 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
10224 disjunctions.
10225
10226 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
10227 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
10228 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
10229
10230 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
10231 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
10232 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
10233
10234 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
10235 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
10236 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
10237 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
10238 speed things up a bit.
10239
10240 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
10241 header data of journal files.
10242
10243 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
10244 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
10245 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
10246
10247 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
10248 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
10249 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
10250 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
10251
10252 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10253
10254 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
10255 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
10256 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
10257 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10258
10259 CHANGES WITH 186:
10260
10261 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
10262 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
10263 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
10264 prefixed with rd.
10265
10266 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
10267 automatically generated at boot. Use:
10268
10269 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
10270
10271 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
10272
10273 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
10274
10275 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
10276 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
10277 as well.
10278
10279 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
10280 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
10281 in all appropriate directories automatically.
10282
10283 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
10284 does the right thing. Example:
10285
10286 udevadm info /dev/sda
10287 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
10288
10289 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
10290 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
10291 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
10292 running.
10293
10294 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
10295 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
10296
10297 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
10298 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
10299
10300 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
10301 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
10302 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
10303 files.
10304
10305 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
10306 be stopped that is not loaded.
10307
10308 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
10309
10310 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
10311
10312 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
10313 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
10314 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
10315 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
10316
10317 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
10318 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
10319 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
10320 completed initialization.
10321
10322 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
10323
10324 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
10325 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
10326 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
10327 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
10328 distributions.
10329
10330 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
10331 always valid when services log to the journal via
10332 STDOUT/STDERR.
10333
10334 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
10335 command line options we understand.
10336
10337 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
10338 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
10339
10340 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
10341 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
10342
10343 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
10344 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
10345 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
10346 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
10347
10348 systemctl status /home
10349 systemctl status /dev/sda
10350
10351 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
10352 system.conf parsing.
10353
10354 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
10355 Manager object.
10356
10357 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
10358
10359 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
10360
10361 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
10362 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
10363 complete.
10364
10365 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
10366 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
10367 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
10368 systemd-fsck@.service.
10369
10370 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
10371 Manager object.
10372
10373 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
10374 work sensibly.
10375
10376 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
10377 we actually understand.
10378
10379 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
10380 additional capabilities to the container.
10381
10382 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
10383 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
10384 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
10385
10386 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
10387 the current boot only.
10388
10389 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
10390 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
10391
10392 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
10393 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
10394 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
10395 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
10396 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
10397
10398 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10399
10400 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
10401 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10402 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
10403 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
10404
10405 CHANGES WITH 185:
10406
10407 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
10408 available.
10409
10410 * Several new man pages have been added.
10411
10412 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
10413 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
10414 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
10415 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
10416
10417 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
10418 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
10419
10420 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
10421 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10422 Matthias Clasen
10423
10424 CHANGES WITH 184:
10425
10426 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
10427 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
10428
10429 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
10430 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
10431 daemon.
10432
10433 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
10434 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
10435
10436 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
10437 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
10438 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
10439 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
10440
10441 CHANGES WITH 183:
10442
10443 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
10444 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
10445 and systemd's most recent version number.
10446
10447 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
10448 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
10449 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
10450 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
10451 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
10452 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
10453
10454 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
10455 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
10456 subsystems.
10457
10458 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
10459 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
10460 used to subscribe to events.
10461
10462 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
10463 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
10464 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
10465 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
10466 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
10467 forked by udev rules.
10468
10469 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
10470 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
10471 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
10472 it.
10473
10474 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
10475 udev_monitor_from_socket()
10476 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
10477 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
10478 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
10479
10480 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
10481 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
10482
10483 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
10484 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
10485 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
10486 the files to the new names on upgrade.
10487
10488 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
10489 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
10490 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
10491 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
10492 to be used as drop-in files.
10493
10494 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
10495 particular suspending and hibernating.
10496
10497 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
10498 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
10499 about this in more detail.
10500
10501 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
10502 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
10503 places). Distributions which have not converted these
10504 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
10505 from git history and add them downstream.
10506
10507 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
10508 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
10509 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
10510 units.
10511
10512 * All smaller setup units (such as
10513 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
10514 are run in a container and are skipped when
10515 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
10516 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
10517
10518 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
10519 integrated, for details see:
10520 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
10521
10522 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
10523 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
10524 messages.
10525
10526 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
10527 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
10528 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
10529 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
10530 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
10531
10532 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
10533 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
10534 for all units started by PID 1.
10535
10536 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
10537 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
10538 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
10539
10540 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
10541 of PID 1 anymore.
10542
10543 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
10544 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
10545 have not been read by systemd yet.
10546
10547 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
10548 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
10549 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
10550 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
10551 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
10552 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
10553
10554 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
10555 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
10556
10557 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
10558
10559 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
10560 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
10561 so sexy.
10562
10563 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
10564 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
10565 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
10566 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
10567 patterns.
10568
10569 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
10570 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
10571 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
10572 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
10573
10574 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
10575 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
10576
10577 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
10578 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
10579 in systemd now.
10580
10581 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
10582 ID on the command line.
10583
10584 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
10585 for an init system.
10586
10587 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
10588 vt100.
10589
10590 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
10591
10592 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
10593 components now have directories of their own.
10594
10595 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
10596
10597 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
10598 container in other hierarchies.
10599
10600 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
10601 system.conf.
10602
10603 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
10604
10605 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
10606 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
10607
10608 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
10609 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
10610
10611 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
10612 locally generated journal files.
10613
10614 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
10615
10616 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
10617
10618 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
10619 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
10620 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
10621 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
10622 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
10623 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
10624 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10625 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
10626 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10627 Gundersen
10628
10629 CHANGES WITH 44:
10630
10631 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10632
10633 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
10634 KVM or container configured UUID.
10635
10636 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
10637
10638 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
10639
10640 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
10641 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
10642
10643 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
10644
10645 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
10646 folks
10647
10648 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
10649 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
10650 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
10651
10652 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
10653 configuration
10654
10655 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
10656 free fashion
10657
10658 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
10659 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
10660 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
10661 automatically generated data.
10662
10663 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
10664 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
10665 however.
10666
10667 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
10668 tarball.
10669
10670 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
10671 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
10672 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
10673 Reding
10674
10675 CHANGES WITH 43:
10676
10677 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10678
10679 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
10680
10681 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
10682
10683 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
10684 normal user logins.
10685
10686 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
10687 Biebl
10688
10689 CHANGES WITH 42:
10690
10691 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
10692
10693 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
10694 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
10695 xsltproc.
10696
10697 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
10698 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
10699 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
10700
10701 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
10702 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
10703 reboot can automatically be triggered.
10704
10705 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
10706
10707 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
10708 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10709 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
10710
10711 CHANGES WITH 41:
10712
10713 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
10714 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
10715 package update.
10716
10717 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
10718 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
10719 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
10720
10721 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
10722 complete.
10723
10724 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
10725 understood to set system wide environment variables
10726 dynamically at boot.
10727
10728 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
10729
10730 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
10731 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
10732 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
10733 files.
10734
10735 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10736 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
10737 William Douglas
10738
10739 CHANGES WITH 40:
10740
10741 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10742
10743 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
10744 "Result" D-Bus property.
10745
10746 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
10747 the next few releases.)
10748
10749 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
10750 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
10751 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
10752 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
10753
10754 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
10755 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
10756 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
10757
10758 CHANGES WITH 39:
10759
10760 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10761 bugfixes.
10762
10763 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
10764 resource usage.
10765
10766 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
10767 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
10768 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
10769 journals by the respective users.
10770
10771 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
10772 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
10773 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
10774
10775 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
10776 client for all entries.
10777
10778 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
10779
10780 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
10781 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
10782
10783 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
10784 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
10785 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
10786 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
10787
10788 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
10789 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
10790 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
10791
10792 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
10793 journal along with meta data.
10794
10795 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
10796 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
10797 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
10798
10799 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
10800 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
10801 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
10802
10803 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
10804
10805 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
10806 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
10807 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
10808 or fsck.
10809
10810 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
10811 requested with new -k switch.
10812
10813 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10814 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
10815
10816 CHANGES WITH 38:
10817
10818 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10819 bugfixes.
10820
10821 * The git repository moved to:
10822 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
10823 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
10824
10825 * First release with the journal
10826 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
10827
10828 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
10829 systemd-stdout-bridge.
10830
10831 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
10832
10833 * Many systemadm clean-ups
10834
10835 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
10836 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
10837 remote mounts.
10838
10839 * Added Mageia support
10840
10841 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
10842
10843 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
10844 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
10845 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
10846 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
10847 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
10848
10849 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
10850 of existing distributions.
10851
10852 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
10853 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
10854
10855 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
10856 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
10857 boot.
10858
10859 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
10860
10861 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
10862 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
10863 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
10864 among other things.
10865
10866 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
10867 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
10868
10869 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
10870
10871 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
10872 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
10873 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
10874
10875 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
10876 restored.
10877
10878 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
10879 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
10880 kmod
10881
10882 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
10883 of /usr/local by default.
10884
10885 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
10886 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
10887 in:
10888 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
10889
10890 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
10891 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
10892 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
10893 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
10894 supported anyway, and bad style).
10895
10896 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
10897 reloading of units together.
10898
10899 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
10900 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
10901 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
10902 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
10903 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek